jQuery: Remove jQuery 1 legacy option
[lhc/web/wiklou.git] / includes / DefaultSettings.php
1 <?php
2 /**
3 * Default values for MediaWiki configuration settings.
4 *
5 *
6 * NEVER EDIT THIS FILE
7 *
8 *
9 * To customize your installation, edit "LocalSettings.php". If you make
10 * changes here, they will be lost on next upgrade of MediaWiki!
11 *
12 * In this file, variables whose default values depend on other
13 * variables are set to false. The actual default value of these variables
14 * will only be set in Setup.php, taking into account any custom settings
15 * performed in LocalSettings.php.
16 *
17 * Documentation is in the source and on:
18 * https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Configuration_settings
19 *
20 * @warning Note: this (and other things) will break if the autoloader is not
21 * enabled. Please include includes/AutoLoader.php before including this file.
22 *
23 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
24 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
25 * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
26 * (at your option) any later version.
27 *
28 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
29 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
30 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
31 * GNU General Public License for more details.
32 *
33 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
34 * with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
35 * 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA.
36 * http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
37 *
38 * @file
39 */
40
41 /**
42 * @defgroup Globalsettings Global settings
43 */
44
45 /**
46 * @cond file_level_code
47 * This is not a valid entry point, perform no further processing unless
48 * MEDIAWIKI is defined
49 */
50 if ( !defined( 'MEDIAWIKI' ) ) {
51 echo "This file is part of MediaWiki and is not a valid entry point\n";
52 die( 1 );
53 }
54
55 /** @endcond */
56
57 /**
58 * wgConf hold the site configuration.
59 * Not used for much in a default install.
60 * @since 1.5
61 */
62 $wgConf = new SiteConfiguration;
63
64 /**
65 * Registry of factory functions to create config objects:
66 * The 'main' key must be set, and the value should be a valid
67 * callable.
68 * @since 1.23
69 */
70 $wgConfigRegistry = [
71 'main' => 'GlobalVarConfig::newInstance'
72 ];
73
74 /**
75 * MediaWiki version number
76 * @since 1.2
77 */
78 $wgVersion = '1.31.0-alpha';
79
80 /**
81 * Name of the site. It must be changed in LocalSettings.php
82 */
83 $wgSitename = 'MediaWiki';
84
85 /**
86 * When the wiki is running behind a proxy and this is set to true, assumes that the proxy exposes
87 * the wiki on the standard ports (443 for https and 80 for http).
88 * @var bool
89 * @since 1.26
90 */
91 $wgAssumeProxiesUseDefaultProtocolPorts = true;
92
93 /**
94 * URL of the server.
95 *
96 * @par Example:
97 * @code
98 * $wgServer = 'http://example.com';
99 * @endcode
100 *
101 * This is usually detected correctly by MediaWiki. If MediaWiki detects the
102 * wrong server, it will redirect incorrectly after you save a page. In that
103 * case, set this variable to fix it.
104 *
105 * If you want to use protocol-relative URLs on your wiki, set this to a
106 * protocol-relative URL like '//example.com' and set $wgCanonicalServer
107 * to a fully qualified URL.
108 */
109 $wgServer = WebRequest::detectServer();
110
111 /**
112 * Canonical URL of the server, to use in IRC feeds and notification e-mails.
113 * Must be fully qualified, even if $wgServer is protocol-relative.
114 *
115 * Defaults to $wgServer, expanded to a fully qualified http:// URL if needed.
116 * @since 1.18
117 */
118 $wgCanonicalServer = false;
119
120 /**
121 * Server name. This is automatically computed by parsing the bare
122 * hostname out of $wgCanonicalServer. It should not be customized.
123 * @since 1.24
124 */
125 $wgServerName = false;
126
127 /************************************************************************//**
128 * @name Script path settings
129 * @{
130 */
131
132 /**
133 * The path we should point to.
134 * It might be a virtual path in case with use apache mod_rewrite for example.
135 *
136 * This *needs* to be set correctly.
137 *
138 * Other paths will be set to defaults based on it unless they are directly
139 * set in LocalSettings.php
140 */
141 $wgScriptPath = '/wiki';
142
143 /**
144 * Whether to support URLs like index.php/Page_title These often break when PHP
145 * is set up in CGI mode. PATH_INFO *may* be correct if cgi.fix_pathinfo is set,
146 * but then again it may not; lighttpd converts incoming path data to lowercase
147 * on systems with case-insensitive filesystems, and there have been reports of
148 * problems on Apache as well.
149 *
150 * To be safe we'll continue to keep it off by default.
151 *
152 * Override this to false if $_SERVER['PATH_INFO'] contains unexpectedly
153 * incorrect garbage, or to true if it is really correct.
154 *
155 * The default $wgArticlePath will be set based on this value at runtime, but if
156 * you have customized it, having this incorrectly set to true can cause
157 * redirect loops when "pretty URLs" are used.
158 * @since 1.2.1
159 */
160 $wgUsePathInfo = ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'cgi' ) === false ) &&
161 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'apache2filter' ) === false ) &&
162 ( strpos( PHP_SAPI, 'isapi' ) === false );
163
164 /**
165 * The extension to append to script names by default.
166 *
167 * Some hosting providers used PHP 4 for *.php files, and PHP 5 for *.php5.
168 * This variable was provided to support those providers.
169 *
170 * @since 1.11
171 * @deprecated since 1.25; support for '.php5' has been phased out of MediaWiki
172 * proper. Backward-compatibility can be maintained by configuring your web
173 * server to rewrite URLs. See RELEASE-NOTES for details.
174 */
175 $wgScriptExtension = '.php';
176
177 /**@}*/
178
179 /************************************************************************//**
180 * @name URLs and file paths
181 *
182 * These various web and file path variables are set to their defaults
183 * in Setup.php if they are not explicitly set from LocalSettings.php.
184 *
185 * These will relatively rarely need to be set manually, unless you are
186 * splitting style sheets or images outside the main document root.
187 *
188 * In this section, a "path" is usually a host-relative URL, i.e. a URL without
189 * the host part, that starts with a slash. In most cases a full URL is also
190 * acceptable. A "directory" is a local file path.
191 *
192 * In both paths and directories, trailing slashes should not be included.
193 *
194 * @{
195 */
196
197 /**
198 * The URL path to index.php.
199 *
200 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/index.php".
201 */
202 $wgScript = false;
203
204 /**
205 * The URL path to load.php.
206 *
207 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/load.php".
208 * @since 1.17
209 */
210 $wgLoadScript = false;
211
212 /**
213 * The URL path of the skins directory.
214 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/skins".
215 * @since 1.3
216 */
217 $wgStylePath = false;
218 $wgStyleSheetPath = &$wgStylePath;
219
220 /**
221 * The URL path of the skins directory. Should not point to an external domain.
222 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/skins".
223 * @since 1.17
224 */
225 $wgLocalStylePath = false;
226
227 /**
228 * The URL path of the extensions directory.
229 * Defaults to "{$wgResourceBasePath}/extensions".
230 * @since 1.16
231 */
232 $wgExtensionAssetsPath = false;
233
234 /**
235 * Filesystem extensions directory.
236 * Defaults to "{$IP}/extensions".
237 * @since 1.25
238 */
239 $wgExtensionDirectory = "{$IP}/extensions";
240
241 /**
242 * Filesystem stylesheets directory.
243 * Defaults to "{$IP}/skins".
244 * @since 1.3
245 */
246 $wgStyleDirectory = "{$IP}/skins";
247
248 /**
249 * The URL path for primary article page views. This path should contain $1,
250 * which is replaced by the article title.
251 *
252 * Defaults to "{$wgScript}/$1" or "{$wgScript}?title=$1",
253 * depending on $wgUsePathInfo.
254 */
255 $wgArticlePath = false;
256
257 /**
258 * The URL path for the images directory.
259 * Defaults to "{$wgScriptPath}/images".
260 */
261 $wgUploadPath = false;
262
263 /**
264 * The filesystem path of the images directory. Defaults to "{$IP}/images".
265 */
266 $wgUploadDirectory = false;
267
268 /**
269 * Directory where the cached page will be saved.
270 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/cache".
271 */
272 $wgFileCacheDirectory = false;
273
274 /**
275 * The URL path of the wiki logo. The logo size should be 135x135 pixels.
276 * Defaults to "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/wiki.png".
277 */
278 $wgLogo = false;
279
280 /**
281 * Array with URL paths to HD versions of the wiki logo. The scaled logo size
282 * should be under 135x155 pixels.
283 * Only 1.5x and 2x versions are supported.
284 *
285 * @par Example:
286 * @code
287 * $wgLogoHD = [
288 * "1.5x" => "path/to/1.5x_version.png",
289 * "2x" => "path/to/2x_version.png"
290 * ];
291 * @endcode
292 *
293 * @since 1.25
294 */
295 $wgLogoHD = false;
296
297 /**
298 * The URL path of the shortcut icon.
299 * @since 1.6
300 */
301 $wgFavicon = '/favicon.ico';
302
303 /**
304 * The URL path of the icon for iPhone and iPod Touch web app bookmarks.
305 * Defaults to no icon.
306 * @since 1.12
307 */
308 $wgAppleTouchIcon = false;
309
310 /**
311 * Value for the referrer policy meta tag.
312 * One of 'never', 'default', 'origin', 'always'. Setting it to false just
313 * prevents the meta tag from being output.
314 * See https://www.w3.org/TR/referrer-policy/ for details.
315 *
316 * @since 1.25
317 */
318 $wgReferrerPolicy = false;
319
320 /**
321 * The local filesystem path to a temporary directory. This is not required to
322 * be web accessible.
323 *
324 * When this setting is set to false, its value will be set through a call
325 * to wfTempDir(). See that methods implementation for the actual detection
326 * logic.
327 *
328 * Developers should use the global function wfTempDir() instead of this
329 * variable.
330 *
331 * @see wfTempDir()
332 * @note Default changed to false in MediaWiki 1.20.
333 */
334 $wgTmpDirectory = false;
335
336 /**
337 * If set, this URL is added to the start of $wgUploadPath to form a complete
338 * upload URL.
339 * @since 1.4
340 */
341 $wgUploadBaseUrl = '';
342
343 /**
344 * To enable remote on-demand scaling, set this to the thumbnail base URL.
345 * Full thumbnail URL will be like $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl/e/e6/Foo.jpg/123px-Foo.jpg
346 * where 'e6' are the first two characters of the MD5 hash of the file name.
347 * If $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl is set to false, thumbs are rendered locally as needed.
348 * @since 1.17
349 */
350 $wgUploadStashScalerBaseUrl = false;
351
352 /**
353 * To set 'pretty' URL paths for actions other than
354 * plain page views, add to this array.
355 *
356 * @par Example:
357 * Set pretty URL for the edit action:
358 * @code
359 * 'edit' => "$wgScriptPath/edit/$1"
360 * @endcode
361 *
362 * There must be an appropriate script or rewrite rule in place to handle these
363 * URLs.
364 * @since 1.5
365 */
366 $wgActionPaths = [];
367
368 /**@}*/
369
370 /************************************************************************//**
371 * @name Files and file uploads
372 * @{
373 */
374
375 /**
376 * Uploads have to be specially set up to be secure
377 */
378 $wgEnableUploads = false;
379
380 /**
381 * The maximum age of temporary (incomplete) uploaded files
382 */
383 $wgUploadStashMaxAge = 6 * 3600; // 6 hours
384
385 /**
386 * Allows to move images and other media files
387 */
388 $wgAllowImageMoving = true;
389
390 /**
391 * Enable deferred upload tasks that use the job queue.
392 * Only enable this if job runners are set up for both the
393 * 'AssembleUploadChunks' and 'PublishStashedFile' job types.
394 *
395 * @note If you use suhosin, this setting is incompatible with
396 * suhosin.session.encrypt.
397 */
398 $wgEnableAsyncUploads = false;
399
400 /**
401 * Additional characters that are not allowed in filenames. They are replaced with '-' when
402 * uploading. Like $wgLegalTitleChars, this is a regexp character class.
403 *
404 * Slashes and backslashes are disallowed regardless of this setting, but included here for
405 * completeness.
406 */
407 $wgIllegalFileChars = ":\\/\\\\";
408
409 /**
410 * What directory to place deleted uploads in.
411 * Defaults to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/deleted".
412 */
413 $wgDeletedDirectory = false;
414
415 /**
416 * Set this to true if you use img_auth and want the user to see details on why access failed.
417 */
418 $wgImgAuthDetails = false;
419
420 /**
421 * Map of relative URL directories to match to internal mwstore:// base storage paths.
422 * For img_auth.php requests, everything after "img_auth.php/" is checked to see
423 * if starts with any of the prefixes defined here. The prefixes should not overlap.
424 * The prefix that matches has a corresponding storage path, which the rest of the URL
425 * is assumed to be relative to. The file at that path (or a 404) is send to the client.
426 *
427 * Example:
428 * $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap['/timeline/'] = 'mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/';
429 * The above maps ".../img_auth.php/timeline/X" to "mwstore://local-fs/timeline-render/".
430 * The name "local-fs" should correspond by name to an entry in $wgFileBackends.
431 *
432 * @see $wgFileBackends
433 */
434 $wgImgAuthUrlPathMap = [];
435
436 /**
437 * File repository structures
438 *
439 * $wgLocalFileRepo is a single repository structure, and $wgForeignFileRepos is
440 * an array of such structures. Each repository structure is an associative
441 * array of properties configuring the repository.
442 *
443 * Properties required for all repos:
444 * - class The class name for the repository. May come from the core or an extension.
445 * The core repository classes are FileRepo, LocalRepo, ForeignDBRepo.
446 *
447 * - name A unique name for the repository (but $wgLocalFileRepo should be 'local').
448 * The name should consist of alpha-numeric characters.
449 * - backend A file backend name (see $wgFileBackends).
450 *
451 * For most core repos:
452 * - zones Associative array of zone names that each map to an array with:
453 * container : backend container name the zone is in
454 * directory : root path within container for the zone
455 * url : base URL to the root of the zone
456 * urlsByExt : map of file extension types to base URLs
457 * (useful for using a different cache for videos)
458 * Zones default to using "<repo name>-<zone name>" as the container name
459 * and default to using the container root as the zone's root directory.
460 * Nesting of zone locations within other zones should be avoided.
461 * - url Public zone URL. The 'zones' settings take precedence.
462 * - hashLevels The number of directory levels for hash-based division of files
463 * - thumbScriptUrl The URL for thumb.php (optional, not recommended)
464 * - transformVia404 Whether to skip media file transformation on parse and rely on a 404
465 * handler instead.
466 * - initialCapital Equivalent to $wgCapitalLinks (or $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[NS_FILE],
467 * determines whether filenames implicitly start with a capital letter.
468 * The current implementation may give incorrect description page links
469 * when the local $wgCapitalLinks and initialCapital are mismatched.
470 * - pathDisclosureProtection
471 * May be 'paranoid' to remove all parameters from error messages, 'none' to
472 * leave the paths in unchanged, or 'simple' to replace paths with
473 * placeholders. Default for LocalRepo is 'simple'.
474 * - fileMode This allows wikis to set the file mode when uploading/moving files. Default
475 * is 0644.
476 * - directory The local filesystem directory where public files are stored. Not used for
477 * some remote repos.
478 * - thumbDir The base thumbnail directory. Defaults to "<directory>/thumb".
479 * - thumbUrl The base thumbnail URL. Defaults to "<url>/thumb".
480 * - isPrivate Set this if measures should always be taken to keep the files private.
481 * One should not trust this to assure that the files are not web readable;
482 * the server configuration should be done manually depending on the backend.
483 *
484 * These settings describe a foreign MediaWiki installation. They are optional, and will be ignored
485 * for local repositories:
486 * - descBaseUrl URL of image description pages, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:
487 * - scriptDirUrl URL of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to $wgScriptPath, e.g.
488 * https://en.wikipedia.org/w
489 * - scriptExtension Script extension of the MediaWiki installation, equivalent to
490 * $wgScriptExtension, e.g. ".php5". Defaults to ".php".
491 *
492 * - articleUrl Equivalent to $wgArticlePath, e.g. https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/$1
493 * - fetchDescription Fetch the text of the remote file description page. Equivalent to
494 * $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions.
495 * - abbrvThreshold File names over this size will use the short form of thumbnail names.
496 * Short thumbnail names only have the width, parameters, and the extension.
497 *
498 * ForeignDBRepo:
499 * - dbType, dbServer, dbUser, dbPassword, dbName, dbFlags
500 * equivalent to the corresponding member of $wgDBservers
501 * - tablePrefix Table prefix, the foreign wiki's $wgDBprefix
502 * - hasSharedCache True if the wiki's shared cache is accessible via the local $wgMemc
503 *
504 * ForeignAPIRepo:
505 * - apibase Use for the foreign API's URL
506 * - apiThumbCacheExpiry How long to locally cache thumbs for
507 *
508 * If you leave $wgLocalFileRepo set to false, Setup will fill in appropriate values.
509 * Otherwise, set $wgLocalFileRepo to a repository structure as described above.
510 * If you set $wgUseInstantCommons to true, it will add an entry for Commons.
511 * If you set $wgForeignFileRepos to an array of repository structures, those will
512 * be searched after the local file repo.
513 * Otherwise, you will only have access to local media files.
514 *
515 * @see Setup.php for an example usage and default initialization.
516 */
517 $wgLocalFileRepo = false;
518
519 /**
520 * @see $wgLocalFileRepo
521 */
522 $wgForeignFileRepos = [];
523
524 /**
525 * Use Commons as a remote file repository. Essentially a wrapper, when this
526 * is enabled $wgForeignFileRepos will point at Commons with a set of default
527 * settings
528 */
529 $wgUseInstantCommons = false;
530
531 /**
532 * Array of foreign file repo names (set in $wgForeignFileRepos above) that
533 * are allowable upload targets. These wikis must have some method of
534 * authentication (i.e. CentralAuth), and be CORS-enabled for this wiki.
535 * The string 'local' signifies the default local file repository.
536 *
537 * Example:
538 * $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'shared' ];
539 */
540 $wgForeignUploadTargets = [ 'local' ];
541
542 /**
543 * Configuration for file uploads using the embeddable upload dialog
544 * (https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Upload_dialog).
545 *
546 * This applies also to foreign uploads to this wiki (the configuration is loaded by remote wikis
547 * using the action=query&meta=siteinfo API).
548 *
549 * See below for documentation of each property. None of the properties may be omitted.
550 */
551 $wgUploadDialog = [
552 // Fields to make available in the dialog. `true` means that this field is visible, `false` means
553 // that it is hidden. The "Name" field can't be hidden. Note that you also have to add the
554 // matching replacement to the 'filepage' format key below to make use of these.
555 'fields' => [
556 'description' => true,
557 'date' => false,
558 'categories' => false,
559 ],
560 // Suffix of localisation messages used to describe the license under which the uploaded file will
561 // be released. The same value may be set for both 'local' and 'foreign' uploads.
562 'licensemessages' => [
563 // The 'local' messages are used for local uploads on this wiki:
564 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-local
565 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-local
566 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-local
567 'local' => 'generic-local',
568 // The 'foreign' messages are used for cross-wiki uploads from other wikis to this wiki:
569 // * upload-form-label-own-work-message-generic-foreign
570 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-message-generic-foreign
571 // * upload-form-label-not-own-work-local-generic-foreign
572 'foreign' => 'generic-foreign',
573 ],
574 // Upload comments to use for 'local' and 'foreign' uploads. This can also be set to a single
575 // string value, in which case it is used for both kinds of uploads. Available replacements:
576 // * $HOST - domain name from which a cross-wiki upload originates
577 // * $PAGENAME - wiki page name from which an upload originates
578 'comment' => [
579 'local' => '',
580 'foreign' => '',
581 ],
582 // Format of the file page wikitext to be generated from the fields input by the user.
583 'format' => [
584 // Wrapper for the whole page. Available replacements:
585 // * $DESCRIPTION - file description, as input by the user (only if the 'description' field is
586 // enabled), wrapped as defined below in the 'description' key
587 // * $DATE - file creation date, as input by the user (only if the 'date' field is enabled)
588 // * $SOURCE - as defined below in the 'ownwork' key, may be extended in the future
589 // * $AUTHOR - linked user name, may be extended in the future
590 // * $LICENSE - as defined below in the 'license' key, may be extended in the future
591 // * $CATEGORIES - file categories wikitext, as input by the user (only if the 'categories'
592 // field is enabled), or if no input, as defined below in the 'uncategorized' key
593 'filepage' => '$DESCRIPTION',
594 // Wrapped for file description. Available replacements:
595 // * $LANGUAGE - source wiki's content language
596 // * $TEXT - input by the user
597 'description' => '$TEXT',
598 'ownwork' => '',
599 'license' => '',
600 'uncategorized' => '',
601 ],
602 ];
603
604 /**
605 * File backend structure configuration.
606 *
607 * This is an array of file backend configuration arrays.
608 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
609 * - 'name' : A unique name for the backend
610 * - 'class' : The file backend class to use
611 * - 'wikiId' : A unique string that identifies the wiki (container prefix)
612 * - 'lockManager' : The name of a lock manager (see $wgLockManagers)
613 *
614 * See FileBackend::__construct() for more details.
615 * Additional parameters are specific to the file backend class used.
616 * These settings should be global to all wikis when possible.
617 *
618 * FileBackendMultiWrite::__construct() is augmented with a 'template' option that
619 * can be used in any of the values of the 'backends' array. Its value is the name of
620 * another backend in $wgFileBackends. When set, it pre-fills the array with all of the
621 * configuration of the named backend. Explicitly set values in the array take precedence.
622 *
623 * There are two particularly important aspects about each backend:
624 * - a) Whether it is fully qualified or wiki-relative.
625 * By default, the paths of files are relative to the current wiki,
626 * which works via prefixing them with the current wiki ID when accessed.
627 * Setting 'wikiId' forces the backend to be fully qualified by prefixing
628 * all paths with the specified value instead. This can be useful if
629 * multiple wikis need to share the same data. Note that 'name' is *not*
630 * part of any prefix and thus should not be relied upon for namespacing.
631 * - b) Whether it is only defined for some wikis or is defined on all
632 * wikis in the wiki farm. Defining a backend globally is useful
633 * if multiple wikis need to share the same data.
634 * One should be aware of these aspects when configuring a backend for use with
635 * any basic feature or plugin. For example, suppose an extension stores data for
636 * different wikis in different directories and sometimes needs to access data from
637 * a foreign wiki's directory in order to render a page on given wiki. The extension
638 * would need a fully qualified backend that is defined on all wikis in the wiki farm.
639 */
640 $wgFileBackends = [];
641
642 /**
643 * Array of configuration arrays for each lock manager.
644 * Each backend configuration has the following parameters:
645 * - 'name' : A unique name for the lock manager
646 * - 'class' : The lock manger class to use
647 *
648 * See LockManager::__construct() for more details.
649 * Additional parameters are specific to the lock manager class used.
650 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
651 *
652 * When using DBLockManager, the 'dbsByBucket' map can reference 'localDBMaster' as
653 * a peer database in each bucket. This will result in an extra connection to the domain
654 * that the LockManager services, which must also be a valid wiki ID.
655 */
656 $wgLockManagers = [];
657
658 /**
659 * Show Exif data, on by default if available.
660 * Requires PHP's Exif extension: https://secure.php.net/manual/en/ref.exif.php
661 *
662 * @note FOR WINDOWS USERS:
663 * To enable Exif functions, add the following line to the "Windows
664 * extensions" section of php.ini:
665 * @code{.ini}
666 * extension=extensions/php_exif.dll
667 * @endcode
668 */
669 $wgShowEXIF = function_exists( 'exif_read_data' );
670
671 /**
672 * If to automatically update the img_metadata field
673 * if the metadata field is outdated but compatible with the current version.
674 * Defaults to false.
675 */
676 $wgUpdateCompatibleMetadata = false;
677
678 /**
679 * If you operate multiple wikis, you can define a shared upload path here.
680 * Uploads to this wiki will NOT be put there - they will be put into
681 * $wgUploadDirectory.
682 * If $wgUseSharedUploads is set, the wiki will look in the shared repository if
683 * no file of the given name is found in the local repository (for [[File:..]],
684 * [[Media:..]] links). Thumbnails will also be looked for and generated in this
685 * directory.
686 *
687 * Note that these configuration settings can now be defined on a per-
688 * repository basis for an arbitrary number of file repositories, using the
689 * $wgForeignFileRepos variable.
690 */
691 $wgUseSharedUploads = false;
692
693 /**
694 * Full path on the web server where shared uploads can be found
695 */
696 $wgSharedUploadPath = null;
697
698 /**
699 * Fetch commons image description pages and display them on the local wiki?
700 */
701 $wgFetchCommonsDescriptions = false;
702
703 /**
704 * Path on the file system where shared uploads can be found.
705 */
706 $wgSharedUploadDirectory = null;
707
708 /**
709 * DB name with metadata about shared directory.
710 * Set this to false if the uploads do not come from a wiki.
711 */
712 $wgSharedUploadDBname = false;
713
714 /**
715 * Optional table prefix used in database.
716 */
717 $wgSharedUploadDBprefix = '';
718
719 /**
720 * Cache shared metadata in memcached.
721 * Don't do this if the commons wiki is in a different memcached domain
722 */
723 $wgCacheSharedUploads = true;
724
725 /**
726 * Allow for upload to be copied from an URL.
727 * The timeout for copy uploads is set by $wgCopyUploadTimeout.
728 * You have to assign the user right 'upload_by_url' to a user group, to use this.
729 */
730 $wgAllowCopyUploads = false;
731
732 /**
733 * A list of domains copy uploads can come from
734 *
735 * @since 1.20
736 */
737 $wgCopyUploadsDomains = [];
738
739 /**
740 * Enable copy uploads from Special:Upload. $wgAllowCopyUploads must also be
741 * true. If $wgAllowCopyUploads is true, but this is false, you will only be
742 * able to perform copy uploads from the API or extensions (e.g. UploadWizard).
743 */
744 $wgCopyUploadsFromSpecialUpload = false;
745
746 /**
747 * Proxy to use for copy upload requests.
748 * @since 1.20
749 */
750 $wgCopyUploadProxy = false;
751
752 /**
753 * Different timeout for upload by url
754 * This could be useful since when fetching large files, you may want a
755 * timeout longer than the default $wgHTTPTimeout. False means fallback
756 * to default.
757 *
758 * @var int|bool
759 *
760 * @since 1.22
761 */
762 $wgCopyUploadTimeout = false;
763
764 /**
765 * Max size for uploads, in bytes. If not set to an array, applies to all
766 * uploads. If set to an array, per upload type maximums can be set, using the
767 * file and url keys. If the * key is set this value will be used as maximum
768 * for non-specified types.
769 *
770 * @par Example:
771 * @code
772 * $wgMaxUploadSize = [
773 * '*' => 250 * 1024,
774 * 'url' => 500 * 1024,
775 * ];
776 * @endcode
777 * Sets the maximum for all uploads to 250 kB except for upload-by-url, which
778 * will have a maximum of 500 kB.
779 */
780 $wgMaxUploadSize = 1024 * 1024 * 100; # 100MB
781
782 /**
783 * Minimum upload chunk size, in bytes. When using chunked upload, non-final
784 * chunks smaller than this will be rejected. May be reduced based on the
785 * 'upload_max_filesize' or 'post_max_size' PHP settings.
786 * @since 1.26
787 */
788 $wgMinUploadChunkSize = 1024; # 1KB
789
790 /**
791 * Point the upload navigation link to an external URL
792 * Useful if you want to use a shared repository by default
793 * without disabling local uploads (use $wgEnableUploads = false for that).
794 *
795 * @par Example:
796 * @code
797 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl = 'https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Special:Upload';
798 * @endcode
799 */
800 $wgUploadNavigationUrl = false;
801
802 /**
803 * Point the upload link for missing files to an external URL, as with
804 * $wgUploadNavigationUrl. The URL will get "(?|&)wpDestFile=<filename>"
805 * appended to it as appropriate.
806 */
807 $wgUploadMissingFileUrl = false;
808
809 /**
810 * Give a path here to use thumb.php for thumbnail generation on client
811 * request, instead of generating them on render and outputting a static URL.
812 * This is necessary if some of your apache servers don't have read/write
813 * access to the thumbnail path.
814 *
815 * @par Example:
816 * @code
817 * $wgThumbnailScriptPath = "{$wgScriptPath}/thumb.php";
818 * @endcode
819 */
820 $wgThumbnailScriptPath = false;
821
822 /**
823 * @see $wgThumbnailScriptPath
824 */
825 $wgSharedThumbnailScriptPath = false;
826
827 /**
828 * Set this to false if you do not want MediaWiki to divide your images
829 * directory into many subdirectories, for improved performance.
830 *
831 * It's almost always good to leave this enabled. In previous versions of
832 * MediaWiki, some users set this to false to allow images to be added to the
833 * wiki by simply copying them into $wgUploadDirectory and then running
834 * maintenance/rebuildImages.php to register them in the database. This is no
835 * longer recommended, use maintenance/importImages.php instead.
836 *
837 * @note That this variable may be ignored if $wgLocalFileRepo is set.
838 * @todo Deprecate the setting and ultimately remove it from Core.
839 */
840 $wgHashedUploadDirectory = true;
841
842 /**
843 * Set the following to false especially if you have a set of files that need to
844 * be accessible by all wikis, and you do not want to use the hash (path/a/aa/)
845 * directory layout.
846 */
847 $wgHashedSharedUploadDirectory = true;
848
849 /**
850 * Base URL for a repository wiki. Leave this blank if uploads are just stored
851 * in a shared directory and not meant to be accessible through a separate wiki.
852 * Otherwise the image description pages on the local wiki will link to the
853 * image description page on this wiki.
854 *
855 * Please specify the namespace, as in the example below.
856 */
857 $wgRepositoryBaseUrl = "https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/File:";
858
859 /**
860 * This is the list of preferred extensions for uploading files. Uploading files
861 * with extensions not in this list will trigger a warning.
862 *
863 * @warning If you add any OpenOffice or Microsoft Office file formats here,
864 * such as odt or doc, and untrusted users are allowed to upload files, then
865 * your wiki will be vulnerable to cross-site request forgery (CSRF).
866 */
867 $wgFileExtensions = [ 'png', 'gif', 'jpg', 'jpeg', 'webp' ];
868
869 /**
870 * Files with these extensions will never be allowed as uploads.
871 * An array of file extensions to blacklist. You should append to this array
872 * if you want to blacklist additional files.
873 */
874 $wgFileBlacklist = [
875 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
876 'html', 'htm', 'js', 'jsb', 'mhtml', 'mht', 'xhtml', 'xht',
877 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
878 'php', 'phtml', 'php3', 'php4', 'php5', 'phps',
879 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
880 'shtml', 'jhtml', 'pl', 'py', 'cgi',
881 # May contain harmful executables for Windows victims
882 'exe', 'scr', 'dll', 'msi', 'vbs', 'bat', 'com', 'pif', 'cmd', 'vxd', 'cpl' ];
883
884 /**
885 * Files with these MIME types will never be allowed as uploads
886 * if $wgVerifyMimeType is enabled.
887 */
888 $wgMimeTypeBlacklist = [
889 # HTML may contain cookie-stealing JavaScript and web bugs
890 'text/html', 'text/javascript', 'text/x-javascript', 'application/x-shellscript',
891 # PHP scripts may execute arbitrary code on the server
892 'application/x-php', 'text/x-php',
893 # Other types that may be interpreted by some servers
894 'text/x-python', 'text/x-perl', 'text/x-bash', 'text/x-sh', 'text/x-csh',
895 # Client-side hazards on Internet Explorer
896 'text/scriptlet', 'application/x-msdownload',
897 # Windows metafile, client-side vulnerability on some systems
898 'application/x-msmetafile',
899 ];
900
901 /**
902 * Allow Java archive uploads.
903 * This is not recommended for public wikis since a maliciously-constructed
904 * applet running on the same domain as the wiki can steal the user's cookies.
905 */
906 $wgAllowJavaUploads = false;
907
908 /**
909 * This is a flag to determine whether or not to check file extensions on upload.
910 *
911 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
912 */
913 $wgCheckFileExtensions = true;
914
915 /**
916 * If this is turned off, users may override the warning for files not covered
917 * by $wgFileExtensions.
918 *
919 * @warning Setting this to false is insecure for public wikis.
920 */
921 $wgStrictFileExtensions = true;
922
923 /**
924 * Setting this to true will disable the upload system's checks for HTML/JavaScript.
925 *
926 * @warning THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE
927 * $wgGroupPermissions TO RESTRICT UPLOADING to only those that you trust
928 */
929 $wgDisableUploadScriptChecks = false;
930
931 /**
932 * Warn if uploaded files are larger than this (in bytes), or false to disable
933 */
934 $wgUploadSizeWarning = false;
935
936 /**
937 * list of trusted media-types and MIME types.
938 * Use the MEDIATYPE_xxx constants to represent media types.
939 * This list is used by File::isSafeFile
940 *
941 * Types not listed here will have a warning about unsafe content
942 * displayed on the images description page. It would also be possible
943 * to use this for further restrictions, like disabling direct
944 * [[media:...]] links for non-trusted formats.
945 */
946 $wgTrustedMediaFormats = [
947 MEDIATYPE_BITMAP, // all bitmap formats
948 MEDIATYPE_AUDIO, // all audio formats
949 MEDIATYPE_VIDEO, // all plain video formats
950 "image/svg+xml", // svg (only needed if inline rendering of svg is not supported)
951 "application/pdf", // PDF files
952 # "application/x-shockwave-flash", //flash/shockwave movie
953 ];
954
955 /**
956 * Plugins for media file type handling.
957 * Each entry in the array maps a MIME type to a class name
958 *
959 * Core media handlers are listed in MediaHandlerFactory,
960 * and extensions should use extension.json.
961 */
962 $wgMediaHandlers = [];
963
964 /**
965 * Media handler overrides for parser tests (they don't need to generate actual
966 * thumbnails, so a mock will do)
967 */
968 $wgParserTestMediaHandlers = [
969 'image/jpeg' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
970 'image/png' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
971 'image/gif' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
972 'image/tiff' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
973 'image/webp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
974 'image/x-ms-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
975 'image/x-bmp' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
976 'image/x-xcf' => 'MockBitmapHandler',
977 'image/svg+xml' => 'MockSvgHandler',
978 'image/vnd.djvu' => 'MockDjVuHandler',
979 ];
980
981 /**
982 * Plugins for page content model handling.
983 * Each entry in the array maps a model id to a class name or callback
984 * that creates an instance of the appropriate ContentHandler subclass.
985 *
986 * @since 1.21
987 */
988 $wgContentHandlers = [
989 // the usual case
990 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT => 'WikitextContentHandler',
991 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
992 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT => 'JavaScriptContentHandler',
993 // simple implementation, for use by extensions, etc.
994 CONTENT_MODEL_JSON => 'JsonContentHandler',
995 // dumb version, no syntax highlighting
996 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS => 'CssContentHandler',
997 // plain text, for use by extensions, etc.
998 CONTENT_MODEL_TEXT => 'TextContentHandler',
999 ];
1000
1001 /**
1002 * Whether to enable server-side image thumbnailing. If false, images will
1003 * always be sent to the client in full resolution, with appropriate width= and
1004 * height= attributes on the <img> tag for the client to do its own scaling.
1005 */
1006 $wgUseImageResize = true;
1007
1008 /**
1009 * Resizing can be done using PHP's internal image libraries or using
1010 * ImageMagick or another third-party converter, e.g. GraphicMagick.
1011 * These support more file formats than PHP, which only supports PNG,
1012 * GIF, JPG, XBM and WBMP.
1013 *
1014 * Use Image Magick instead of PHP builtin functions.
1015 */
1016 $wgUseImageMagick = false;
1017
1018 /**
1019 * The convert command shipped with ImageMagick
1020 */
1021 $wgImageMagickConvertCommand = '/usr/bin/convert';
1022
1023 /**
1024 * Array of max pixel areas for interlacing per MIME type
1025 * @since 1.27
1026 */
1027 $wgMaxInterlacingAreas = [];
1028
1029 /**
1030 * Sharpening parameter to ImageMagick
1031 */
1032 $wgSharpenParameter = '0x0.4';
1033
1034 /**
1035 * Reduction in linear dimensions below which sharpening will be enabled
1036 */
1037 $wgSharpenReductionThreshold = 0.85;
1038
1039 /**
1040 * Temporary directory used for ImageMagick. The directory must exist. Leave
1041 * this set to false to let ImageMagick decide for itself.
1042 */
1043 $wgImageMagickTempDir = false;
1044
1045 /**
1046 * Use another resizing converter, e.g. GraphicMagick
1047 * %s will be replaced with the source path, %d with the destination
1048 * %w and %h will be replaced with the width and height.
1049 *
1050 * @par Example for GraphicMagick:
1051 * @code
1052 * $wgCustomConvertCommand = "gm convert %s -resize %wx%h %d"
1053 * @endcode
1054 *
1055 * Leave as false to skip this.
1056 */
1057 $wgCustomConvertCommand = false;
1058
1059 /**
1060 * used for lossless jpeg rotation
1061 *
1062 * @since 1.21
1063 */
1064 $wgJpegTran = '/usr/bin/jpegtran';
1065
1066 /**
1067 * At default setting of 'yuv420', JPEG thumbnails will use 4:2:0 chroma
1068 * subsampling to reduce file size, at the cost of possible color fringing
1069 * at sharp edges.
1070 *
1071 * See https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chroma_subsampling
1072 *
1073 * Supported values:
1074 * false - use scaling system's default (same as pre-1.27 behavior)
1075 * 'yuv444' - luma and chroma at same resolution
1076 * 'yuv422' - chroma at 1/2 resolution horizontally, full vertically
1077 * 'yuv420' - chroma at 1/2 resolution in both dimensions
1078 *
1079 * This setting is currently supported only for the ImageMagick backend;
1080 * others may default to 4:2:0 or 4:4:4 or maintaining the source file's
1081 * sampling in the thumbnail.
1082 *
1083 * @since 1.27
1084 */
1085 $wgJpegPixelFormat = 'yuv420';
1086
1087 /**
1088 * Some tests and extensions use exiv2 to manipulate the Exif metadata in some
1089 * image formats.
1090 */
1091 $wgExiv2Command = '/usr/bin/exiv2';
1092
1093 /**
1094 * Path to exiftool binary. Used for lossless ICC profile swapping.
1095 *
1096 * @since 1.26
1097 */
1098 $wgExiftool = '/usr/bin/exiftool';
1099
1100 /**
1101 * Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) may be uploaded as images.
1102 * Since SVG support is not yet standard in browsers, it is
1103 * necessary to rasterize SVGs to PNG as a fallback format.
1104 *
1105 * An external program is required to perform this conversion.
1106 * If set to an array, the first item is a PHP callable and any further items
1107 * are passed as parameters after $srcPath, $dstPath, $width, $height
1108 */
1109 $wgSVGConverters = [
1110 'ImageMagick' =>
1111 '$path/convert -background "#ffffff00" -thumbnail $widthx$height\! $input PNG:$output',
1112 'sodipodi' => '$path/sodipodi -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1113 'inkscape' => '$path/inkscape -z -w $width -f $input -e $output',
1114 'batik' => 'java -Djava.awt.headless=true -jar $path/batik-rasterizer.jar -w $width -d '
1115 . '$output $input',
1116 'rsvg' => '$path/rsvg-convert -w $width -h $height -o $output $input',
1117 'imgserv' => '$path/imgserv-wrapper -i svg -o png -w$width $input $output',
1118 'ImagickExt' => [ 'SvgHandler::rasterizeImagickExt' ],
1119 ];
1120
1121 /**
1122 * Pick a converter defined in $wgSVGConverters
1123 */
1124 $wgSVGConverter = 'ImageMagick';
1125
1126 /**
1127 * If not in the executable PATH, specify the SVG converter path.
1128 */
1129 $wgSVGConverterPath = '';
1130
1131 /**
1132 * Don't scale a SVG larger than this
1133 */
1134 $wgSVGMaxSize = 5120;
1135
1136 /**
1137 * Don't read SVG metadata beyond this point.
1138 * Default is 1024*256 bytes
1139 */
1140 $wgSVGMetadataCutoff = 262144;
1141
1142 /**
1143 * Disallow <title> element in SVG files.
1144 *
1145 * MediaWiki will reject HTMLesque tags in uploaded files due to idiotic
1146 * browsers which can not perform basic stuff like MIME detection and which are
1147 * vulnerable to further idiots uploading crap files as images.
1148 *
1149 * When this directive is on, "<title>" will be allowed in files with an
1150 * "image/svg+xml" MIME type. You should leave this disabled if your web server
1151 * is misconfigured and doesn't send appropriate MIME types for SVG images.
1152 */
1153 $wgAllowTitlesInSVG = false;
1154
1155 /**
1156 * The maximum number of pixels a source image can have if it is to be scaled
1157 * down by a scaler that requires the full source image to be decompressed
1158 * and stored in decompressed form, before the thumbnail is generated.
1159 *
1160 * This provides a limit on memory usage for the decompression side of the
1161 * image scaler. The limit is used when scaling PNGs with any of the
1162 * built-in image scalers, such as ImageMagick or GD. It is ignored for
1163 * JPEGs with ImageMagick, and when using the VipsScaler extension.
1164 *
1165 * The default is 50 MB if decompressed to RGBA form, which corresponds to
1166 * 12.5 million pixels or 3500x3500.
1167 */
1168 $wgMaxImageArea = 1.25e7;
1169
1170 /**
1171 * Force thumbnailing of animated GIFs above this size to a single
1172 * frame instead of an animated thumbnail. As of MW 1.17 this limit
1173 * is checked against the total size of all frames in the animation.
1174 * It probably makes sense to keep this equal to $wgMaxImageArea.
1175 */
1176 $wgMaxAnimatedGifArea = 1.25e7;
1177
1178 /**
1179 * Browsers don't support TIFF inline generally...
1180 * For inline display, we need to convert to PNG or JPEG.
1181 * Note scaling should work with ImageMagick, but may not with GD scaling.
1182 *
1183 * @par Example:
1184 * @code
1185 * // PNG is lossless, but inefficient for photos
1186 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'png', 'image/png' ];
1187 * // JPEG is good for photos, but has no transparency support. Bad for diagrams.
1188 * $wgTiffThumbnailType = [ 'jpg', 'image/jpeg' ];
1189 * @endcode
1190 */
1191 $wgTiffThumbnailType = false;
1192
1193 /**
1194 * If rendered thumbnail files are older than this timestamp, they
1195 * will be rerendered on demand as if the file didn't already exist.
1196 * Update if there is some need to force thumbs and SVG rasterizations
1197 * to rerender, such as fixes to rendering bugs.
1198 */
1199 $wgThumbnailEpoch = '20030516000000';
1200
1201 /**
1202 * Certain operations are avoided if there were too many recent failures,
1203 * for example, thumbnail generation. Bump this value to invalidate all
1204 * memory of failed operations and thus allow further attempts to resume.
1205 * This is useful when a cause for the failures has been found and fixed.
1206 */
1207 $wgAttemptFailureEpoch = 1;
1208
1209 /**
1210 * If set, inline scaled images will still produce "<img>" tags ready for
1211 * output instead of showing an error message.
1212 *
1213 * This may be useful if errors are transitory, especially if the site
1214 * is configured to automatically render thumbnails on request.
1215 *
1216 * On the other hand, it may obscure error conditions from debugging.
1217 * Enable the debug log or the 'thumbnail' log group to make sure errors
1218 * are logged to a file for review.
1219 */
1220 $wgIgnoreImageErrors = false;
1221
1222 /**
1223 * Allow thumbnail rendering on page view. If this is false, a valid
1224 * thumbnail URL is still output, but no file will be created at
1225 * the target location. This may save some time if you have a
1226 * thumb.php or 404 handler set up which is faster than the regular
1227 * webserver(s).
1228 */
1229 $wgGenerateThumbnailOnParse = true;
1230
1231 /**
1232 * Show thumbnails for old images on the image description page
1233 */
1234 $wgShowArchiveThumbnails = true;
1235
1236 /**
1237 * If set to true, images that contain certain the exif orientation tag will
1238 * be rotated accordingly. If set to null, try to auto-detect whether a scaler
1239 * is available that can rotate.
1240 */
1241 $wgEnableAutoRotation = null;
1242
1243 /**
1244 * Internal name of virus scanner. This serves as a key to the
1245 * $wgAntivirusSetup array. Set this to NULL to disable virus scanning. If not
1246 * null, every file uploaded will be scanned for viruses.
1247 */
1248 $wgAntivirus = null;
1249
1250 /**
1251 * Configuration for different virus scanners. This an associative array of
1252 * associative arrays. It contains one setup array per known scanner type.
1253 * The entry is selected by $wgAntivirus, i.e.
1254 * valid values for $wgAntivirus are the keys defined in this array.
1255 *
1256 * The configuration array for each scanner contains the following keys:
1257 * "command", "codemap", "messagepattern":
1258 *
1259 * "command" is the full command to call the virus scanner - %f will be
1260 * replaced with the name of the file to scan. If not present, the filename
1261 * will be appended to the command. Note that this must be overwritten if the
1262 * scanner is not in the system path; in that case, please set
1263 * $wgAntivirusSetup[$wgAntivirus]['command'] to the desired command with full
1264 * path.
1265 *
1266 * "codemap" is a mapping of exit code to return codes of the detectVirus
1267 * function in SpecialUpload.
1268 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_FAILED causes the function to consider
1269 * the scan to be failed. This will pass the file if $wgAntivirusRequired
1270 * is not set.
1271 * - An exit code mapped to AV_SCAN_ABORTED causes the function to consider
1272 * the file to have an unsupported format, which is probably immune to
1273 * viruses. This causes the file to pass.
1274 * - An exit code mapped to AV_NO_VIRUS will cause the file to pass, meaning
1275 * no virus was found.
1276 * - All other codes (like AV_VIRUS_FOUND) will cause the function to report
1277 * a virus.
1278 * - You may use "*" as a key in the array to catch all exit codes not mapped otherwise.
1279 *
1280 * "messagepattern" is a perl regular expression to extract the meaningful part of the scanners
1281 * output. The relevant part should be matched as group one (\1).
1282 * If not defined or the pattern does not match, the full message is shown to the user.
1283 */
1284 $wgAntivirusSetup = [
1285
1286 # setup for clamav
1287 'clamav' => [
1288 'command' => 'clamscan --no-summary ',
1289 'codemap' => [
1290 "0" => AV_NO_VIRUS, # no virus
1291 "1" => AV_VIRUS_FOUND, # virus found
1292 "52" => AV_SCAN_ABORTED, # unsupported file format (probably immune)
1293 "*" => AV_SCAN_FAILED, # else scan failed
1294 ],
1295 'messagepattern' => '/.*?:(.*)/sim',
1296 ],
1297 ];
1298
1299 /**
1300 * Determines if a failed virus scan (AV_SCAN_FAILED) will cause the file to be rejected.
1301 */
1302 $wgAntivirusRequired = true;
1303
1304 /**
1305 * Determines if the MIME type of uploaded files should be checked
1306 */
1307 $wgVerifyMimeType = true;
1308
1309 /**
1310 * Sets the MIME type definition file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1311 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1312 * example: $wgMimeTypeFile = '/etc/mime.types';
1313 */
1314 $wgMimeTypeFile = 'includes/mime.types';
1315
1316 /**
1317 * Sets the MIME type info file to use by MimeMagic.php.
1318 * Set to null, to use built-in defaults only.
1319 */
1320 $wgMimeInfoFile = 'includes/mime.info';
1321
1322 /**
1323 * Sets an external MIME detector program. The command must print only
1324 * the MIME type to standard output.
1325 * The name of the file to process will be appended to the command given here.
1326 * If not set or NULL, PHP's mime_content_type function will be used.
1327 *
1328 * @par Example:
1329 * @code
1330 * #$wgMimeDetectorCommand = "file -bi"; # use external MIME detector (Linux)
1331 * @endcode
1332 */
1333 $wgMimeDetectorCommand = null;
1334
1335 /**
1336 * Switch for trivial MIME detection. Used by thumb.php to disable all fancy
1337 * things, because only a few types of images are needed and file extensions
1338 * can be trusted.
1339 */
1340 $wgTrivialMimeDetection = false;
1341
1342 /**
1343 * Additional XML types we can allow via MIME-detection.
1344 * array = [ 'rootElement' => 'associatedMimeType' ]
1345 */
1346 $wgXMLMimeTypes = [
1347 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg:svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1348 'svg' => 'image/svg+xml',
1349 'http://www.lysator.liu.se/~alla/dia/:diagram' => 'application/x-dia-diagram',
1350 'http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml:html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1351 'html' => 'text/html', // application/xhtml+xml?
1352 ];
1353
1354 /**
1355 * Limit images on image description pages to a user-selectable limit. In order
1356 * to reduce disk usage, limits can only be selected from a list.
1357 * The user preference is saved as an array offset in the database, by default
1358 * the offset is set with $wgDefaultUserOptions['imagesize']. Make sure you
1359 * change it if you alter the array (see T10858).
1360 * This is the list of settings the user can choose from:
1361 */
1362 $wgImageLimits = [
1363 [ 320, 240 ],
1364 [ 640, 480 ],
1365 [ 800, 600 ],
1366 [ 1024, 768 ],
1367 [ 1280, 1024 ]
1368 ];
1369
1370 /**
1371 * Adjust thumbnails on image pages according to a user setting. In order to
1372 * reduce disk usage, the values can only be selected from a list. This is the
1373 * list of settings the user can choose from:
1374 */
1375 $wgThumbLimits = [
1376 120,
1377 150,
1378 180,
1379 200,
1380 250,
1381 300
1382 ];
1383
1384 /**
1385 * When defined, is an array of image widths used as buckets for thumbnail generation.
1386 * The goal is to save resources by generating thumbnails based on reference buckets instead of
1387 * always using the original. This will incur a speed gain but cause a quality loss.
1388 *
1389 * The buckets generation is chained, with each bucket generated based on the above bucket
1390 * when possible. File handlers have to opt into using that feature. For now only BitmapHandler
1391 * supports it.
1392 */
1393 $wgThumbnailBuckets = null;
1394
1395 /**
1396 * When using thumbnail buckets as defined above, this sets the minimum distance to the bucket
1397 * above the requested size. The distance represents how many extra pixels of width the bucket
1398 * needs in order to be used as the reference for a given thumbnail. For example, with the
1399 * following buckets:
1400 *
1401 * $wgThumbnailBuckets = [ 128, 256, 512 ];
1402 *
1403 * and a distance of 50:
1404 *
1405 * $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1406 *
1407 * If we want to render a thumbnail of width 220px, the 512px bucket will be used,
1408 * because 220 + 50 = 270 and the closest bucket bigger than 270px is 512.
1409 */
1410 $wgThumbnailMinimumBucketDistance = 50;
1411
1412 /**
1413 * When defined, is an array of thumbnail widths to be rendered at upload time. The idea is to
1414 * prerender common thumbnail sizes, in order to avoid the necessity to render them on demand, which
1415 * has a performance impact for the first client to view a certain size.
1416 *
1417 * This obviously means that more disk space is needed per upload upfront.
1418 *
1419 * @since 1.25
1420 */
1421
1422 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap = [];
1423
1424 /**
1425 * The method through which the thumbnails will be prerendered for the entries in
1426 * $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMap
1427 *
1428 * The method can be either "http" or "jobqueue". The former uses an http request to hit the
1429 * thumbnail's URL.
1430 * This method only works if thumbnails are configured to be rendered by a 404 handler. The latter
1431 * option uses the job queue to render the thumbnail.
1432 *
1433 * @since 1.25
1434 */
1435 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod = 'jobqueue';
1436
1437 /**
1438 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom Host HTTP header.
1439 *
1440 * @since 1.25
1441 */
1442 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomHost = false;
1443
1444 /**
1445 * When using the "http" wgUploadThumbnailRenderMethod, lets one specify a custom domain to send the
1446 * HTTP request to.
1447 *
1448 * @since 1.25
1449 */
1450 $wgUploadThumbnailRenderHttpCustomDomain = false;
1451
1452 /**
1453 * When this variable is true and JPGs use the sRGB ICC profile, swaps it for the more lightweight
1454 * (and free) TinyRGB profile when generating thumbnails.
1455 *
1456 * @since 1.26
1457 */
1458 $wgUseTinyRGBForJPGThumbnails = false;
1459
1460 /**
1461 * Parameters for the "<gallery>" tag.
1462 * Fields are:
1463 * - imagesPerRow: Default number of images per-row in the gallery. 0 -> Adapt to screensize
1464 * - imageWidth: Width of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1465 * - imageHeight: Height of the cells containing images in galleries (in "px")
1466 * - captionLength: Length to truncate filename to in caption when using "showfilename".
1467 * A value of 'true' will truncate the filename to one line using CSS
1468 * and will be the behaviour after deprecation.
1469 * @deprecated since 1.28
1470 * - showBytes: Show the filesize in bytes in categories
1471 * - showDimensions: Show the dimensions (width x height) in categories
1472 * - mode: Gallery mode
1473 */
1474 $wgGalleryOptions = [];
1475
1476 /**
1477 * Adjust width of upright images when parameter 'upright' is used
1478 * This allows a nicer look for upright images without the need to fix the width
1479 * by hardcoded px in wiki sourcecode.
1480 */
1481 $wgThumbUpright = 0.75;
1482
1483 /**
1484 * Default value for chmoding of new directories.
1485 */
1486 $wgDirectoryMode = 0777;
1487
1488 /**
1489 * Generate and use thumbnails suitable for screens with 1.5 and 2.0 pixel densities.
1490 *
1491 * This means a 320x240 use of an image on the wiki will also generate 480x360 and 640x480
1492 * thumbnails, output via the srcset attribute.
1493 *
1494 * On older browsers, a JavaScript polyfill switches the appropriate images in after loading
1495 * the original low-resolution versions depending on the reported window.devicePixelRatio.
1496 * The polyfill can be found in the jquery.hidpi module.
1497 */
1498 $wgResponsiveImages = true;
1499
1500 /**
1501 * @name DJVU settings
1502 * @{
1503 */
1504
1505 /**
1506 * Path of the djvudump executable
1507 * Enable this and $wgDjvuRenderer to enable djvu rendering
1508 * example: $wgDjvuDump = 'djvudump';
1509 */
1510 $wgDjvuDump = null;
1511
1512 /**
1513 * Path of the ddjvu DJVU renderer
1514 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable djvu rendering
1515 * example: $wgDjvuRenderer = 'ddjvu';
1516 */
1517 $wgDjvuRenderer = null;
1518
1519 /**
1520 * Path of the djvutxt DJVU text extraction utility
1521 * Enable this and $wgDjvuDump to enable text layer extraction from djvu files
1522 * example: $wgDjvuTxt = 'djvutxt';
1523 */
1524 $wgDjvuTxt = null;
1525
1526 /**
1527 * Path of the djvutoxml executable
1528 * This works like djvudump except much, much slower as of version 3.5.
1529 *
1530 * For now we recommend you use djvudump instead. The djvuxml output is
1531 * probably more stable, so we'll switch back to it as soon as they fix
1532 * the efficiency problem.
1533 * https://sourceforge.net/tracker/index.php?func=detail&aid=1704049&group_id=32953&atid=406583
1534 *
1535 * @par Example:
1536 * @code
1537 * $wgDjvuToXML = 'djvutoxml';
1538 * @endcode
1539 */
1540 $wgDjvuToXML = null;
1541
1542 /**
1543 * Shell command for the DJVU post processor
1544 * Default: pnmtojpeg, since ddjvu generates ppm output
1545 * Set this to false to output the ppm file directly.
1546 */
1547 $wgDjvuPostProcessor = 'pnmtojpeg';
1548
1549 /**
1550 * File extension for the DJVU post processor output
1551 */
1552 $wgDjvuOutputExtension = 'jpg';
1553
1554 /** @} */ # end of DJvu }
1555
1556 /** @} */ # end of file uploads }
1557
1558 /************************************************************************//**
1559 * @name Email settings
1560 * @{
1561 */
1562
1563 /**
1564 * Site admin email address.
1565 *
1566 * Defaults to "wikiadmin@$wgServerName".
1567 */
1568 $wgEmergencyContact = false;
1569
1570 /**
1571 * Sender email address for e-mail notifications.
1572 *
1573 * The address we use as sender when a user requests a password reminder.
1574 *
1575 * Defaults to "apache@$wgServerName".
1576 */
1577 $wgPasswordSender = false;
1578
1579 /**
1580 * Sender name for e-mail notifications.
1581 *
1582 * @deprecated since 1.23; use the system message 'emailsender' instead.
1583 */
1584 $wgPasswordSenderName = 'MediaWiki Mail';
1585
1586 /**
1587 * Reply-To address for e-mail notifications.
1588 *
1589 * Defaults to $wgPasswordSender.
1590 */
1591 $wgNoReplyAddress = false;
1592
1593 /**
1594 * Set to true to enable the e-mail basic features:
1595 * Password reminders, etc. If sending e-mail on your
1596 * server doesn't work, you might want to disable this.
1597 */
1598 $wgEnableEmail = true;
1599
1600 /**
1601 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail.
1602 * This can potentially be abused, as it's hard to track.
1603 */
1604 $wgEnableUserEmail = true;
1605
1606 /**
1607 * Set to true to enable user-to-user e-mail blacklist.
1608 *
1609 * @since 1.30
1610 */
1611 $wgEnableUserEmailBlacklist = false;
1612
1613 /**
1614 * If true put the sending user's email in a Reply-To header
1615 * instead of From (false). ($wgPasswordSender will be used as From.)
1616 *
1617 * Some mailers (eg SMTP) set the SMTP envelope sender to the From value,
1618 * which can cause problems with SPF validation and leak recipient addresses
1619 * when bounces are sent to the sender. In addition, DMARC restrictions
1620 * can cause emails to fail to be received when false.
1621 */
1622 $wgUserEmailUseReplyTo = true;
1623
1624 /**
1625 * Minimum time, in hours, which must elapse between password reminder
1626 * emails for a given account. This is to prevent abuse by mail flooding.
1627 */
1628 $wgPasswordReminderResendTime = 24;
1629
1630 /**
1631 * The time, in seconds, when an emailed temporary password expires.
1632 */
1633 $wgNewPasswordExpiry = 3600 * 24 * 7;
1634
1635 /**
1636 * The time, in seconds, when an email confirmation email expires
1637 */
1638 $wgUserEmailConfirmationTokenExpiry = 7 * 24 * 60 * 60;
1639
1640 /**
1641 * The number of days that a user's password is good for. After this number of days, the
1642 * user will be asked to reset their password. Set to false to disable password expiration.
1643 */
1644 $wgPasswordExpirationDays = false;
1645
1646 /**
1647 * If a user's password is expired, the number of seconds when they can still login,
1648 * and cancel their password change, but are sent to the password change form on each login.
1649 */
1650 $wgPasswordExpireGrace = 3600 * 24 * 7; // 7 days
1651
1652 /**
1653 * SMTP Mode.
1654 *
1655 * For using a direct (authenticated) SMTP server connection.
1656 * Default to false or fill an array :
1657 *
1658 * @code
1659 * $wgSMTP = [
1660 * 'host' => 'SMTP domain',
1661 * 'IDHost' => 'domain for MessageID',
1662 * 'port' => '25',
1663 * 'auth' => [true|false],
1664 * 'username' => [SMTP username],
1665 * 'password' => [SMTP password],
1666 * ];
1667 * @endcode
1668 */
1669 $wgSMTP = false;
1670
1671 /**
1672 * Additional email parameters, will be passed as the last argument to mail() call.
1673 */
1674 $wgAdditionalMailParams = null;
1675
1676 /**
1677 * For parts of the system that have been updated to provide HTML email content, send
1678 * both text and HTML parts as the body of the email
1679 */
1680 $wgAllowHTMLEmail = false;
1681
1682 /**
1683 * True: from page editor if s/he opted-in. False: Enotif mails appear to come
1684 * from $wgEmergencyContact
1685 */
1686 $wgEnotifFromEditor = false;
1687
1688 // TODO move UPO to preferences probably ?
1689 # If set to true, users get a corresponding option in their preferences and can choose to
1690 # enable or disable at their discretion
1691 # If set to false, the corresponding input form on the user preference page is suppressed
1692 # It call this to be a "user-preferences-option (UPO)"
1693
1694 /**
1695 * Require email authentication before sending mail to an email address.
1696 * This is highly recommended. It prevents MediaWiki from being used as an open
1697 * spam relay.
1698 */
1699 $wgEmailAuthentication = true;
1700
1701 /**
1702 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") on watchlist changes.
1703 */
1704 $wgEnotifWatchlist = false;
1705
1706 /**
1707 * Allow users to enable email notification ("enotif") when someone edits their
1708 * user talk page.
1709 *
1710 * The owner of the user talk page must also have the 'enotifusertalkpages' user
1711 * preference set to true.
1712 */
1713 $wgEnotifUserTalk = false;
1714
1715 /**
1716 * Set the Reply-to address in notifications to the editor's address, if user
1717 * allowed this in the preferences.
1718 */
1719 $wgEnotifRevealEditorAddress = false;
1720
1721 /**
1722 * Potentially send notification mails on minor edits to pages. This is enabled
1723 * by default. If this is false, users will never be notified on minor edits.
1724 *
1725 * If it is true, editors with the 'nominornewtalk' right (typically bots) will still not
1726 * trigger notifications for minor edits they make (to any page, not just user talk).
1727 *
1728 * Finally, if the watcher/recipient has the 'enotifminoredits' user preference set to
1729 * false, they will not receive notifications for minor edits.
1730 *
1731 * User talk notifications are also affected by $wgEnotifMinorEdits, the above settings,
1732 * $wgEnotifUserTalk, and the preference described there.
1733 */
1734 $wgEnotifMinorEdits = true;
1735
1736 /**
1737 * Send a generic mail instead of a personalised mail for each user. This
1738 * always uses UTC as the time zone, and doesn't include the username.
1739 *
1740 * For pages with many users watching, this can significantly reduce mail load.
1741 * Has no effect when using sendmail rather than SMTP.
1742 */
1743 $wgEnotifImpersonal = false;
1744
1745 /**
1746 * Maximum number of users to mail at once when using impersonal mail. Should
1747 * match the limit on your mail server.
1748 */
1749 $wgEnotifMaxRecips = 500;
1750
1751 /**
1752 * Use real name instead of username in e-mail "from" field.
1753 */
1754 $wgEnotifUseRealName = false;
1755
1756 /**
1757 * Array of usernames who will be sent a notification email for every change
1758 * which occurs on a wiki. Users will not be notified of their own changes.
1759 */
1760 $wgUsersNotifiedOnAllChanges = [];
1761
1762 /** @} */ # end of email settings
1763
1764 /************************************************************************//**
1765 * @name Database settings
1766 * @{
1767 */
1768
1769 /**
1770 * Database host name or IP address
1771 */
1772 $wgDBserver = 'localhost';
1773
1774 /**
1775 * Database port number (for PostgreSQL and Microsoft SQL Server).
1776 */
1777 $wgDBport = 5432;
1778
1779 /**
1780 * Name of the database
1781 */
1782 $wgDBname = 'my_wiki';
1783
1784 /**
1785 * Database username
1786 */
1787 $wgDBuser = 'wikiuser';
1788
1789 /**
1790 * Database user's password
1791 */
1792 $wgDBpassword = '';
1793
1794 /**
1795 * Database type
1796 */
1797 $wgDBtype = 'mysql';
1798
1799 /**
1800 * Whether to use SSL in DB connection.
1801 *
1802 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1803 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1804 * the DBO_SSL flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1805 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1806 */
1807 $wgDBssl = false;
1808
1809 /**
1810 * Whether to use compression in DB connection.
1811 *
1812 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
1813 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
1814 * the DBO_COMPRESS flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
1815 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
1816 */
1817 $wgDBcompress = false;
1818
1819 /**
1820 * Separate username for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1821 */
1822 $wgDBadminuser = null;
1823
1824 /**
1825 * Separate password for maintenance tasks. Leave as null to use the default.
1826 */
1827 $wgDBadminpassword = null;
1828
1829 /**
1830 * Search type.
1831 * Leave as null to select the default search engine for the
1832 * selected database type (eg SearchMySQL), or set to a class
1833 * name to override to a custom search engine.
1834 */
1835 $wgSearchType = null;
1836
1837 /**
1838 * Alternative search types
1839 * Sometimes you want to support multiple search engines for testing. This
1840 * allows users to select their search engine of choice via url parameters
1841 * to Special:Search and the action=search API. If using this, there's no
1842 * need to add $wgSearchType to it, that is handled automatically.
1843 */
1844 $wgSearchTypeAlternatives = null;
1845
1846 /**
1847 * Table name prefix
1848 */
1849 $wgDBprefix = '';
1850
1851 /**
1852 * MySQL table options to use during installation or update
1853 */
1854 $wgDBTableOptions = 'ENGINE=InnoDB';
1855
1856 /**
1857 * SQL Mode - default is turning off all modes, including strict, if set.
1858 * null can be used to skip the setting for performance reasons and assume
1859 * DBA has done his best job.
1860 * String override can be used for some additional fun :-)
1861 */
1862 $wgSQLMode = '';
1863
1864 /**
1865 * Mediawiki schema
1866 */
1867 $wgDBmwschema = null;
1868
1869 /**
1870 * To override default SQLite data directory ($docroot/../data)
1871 */
1872 $wgSQLiteDataDir = '';
1873
1874 /**
1875 * Shared database for multiple wikis. Commonly used for storing a user table
1876 * for single sign-on. The server for this database must be the same as for the
1877 * main database.
1878 *
1879 * For backwards compatibility the shared prefix is set to the same as the local
1880 * prefix, and the user table is listed in the default list of shared tables.
1881 * The user_properties table is also added so that users will continue to have their
1882 * preferences shared (preferences were stored in the user table prior to 1.16)
1883 *
1884 * $wgSharedTables may be customized with a list of tables to share in the shared
1885 * database. However it is advised to limit what tables you do share as many of
1886 * MediaWiki's tables may have side effects if you try to share them.
1887 *
1888 * $wgSharedPrefix is the table prefix for the shared database. It defaults to
1889 * $wgDBprefix.
1890 *
1891 * $wgSharedSchema is the table schema for the shared database. It defaults to
1892 * $wgDBmwschema.
1893 *
1894 * @deprecated since 1.21 In new code, use the $wiki parameter to wfGetLB() to
1895 * access remote databases. Using wfGetLB() allows the shared database to
1896 * reside on separate servers to the wiki's own database, with suitable
1897 * configuration of $wgLBFactoryConf.
1898 */
1899 $wgSharedDB = null;
1900
1901 /**
1902 * @see $wgSharedDB
1903 */
1904 $wgSharedPrefix = false;
1905
1906 /**
1907 * @see $wgSharedDB
1908 */
1909 $wgSharedTables = [ 'user', 'user_properties' ];
1910
1911 /**
1912 * @see $wgSharedDB
1913 * @since 1.23
1914 */
1915 $wgSharedSchema = false;
1916
1917 /**
1918 * Database load balancer
1919 * This is a two-dimensional array, an array of server info structures
1920 * Fields are:
1921 * - host: Host name
1922 * - dbname: Default database name
1923 * - user: DB user
1924 * - password: DB password
1925 * - type: DB type
1926 *
1927 * - load: Ratio of DB_REPLICA load, must be >=0, the sum of all loads must be >0.
1928 * If this is zero for any given server, no normal query traffic will be
1929 * sent to it. It will be excluded from lag checks in maintenance scripts.
1930 * The only way it can receive traffic is if groupLoads is used.
1931 *
1932 * - groupLoads: array of load ratios, the key is the query group name. A query may belong
1933 * to several groups, the most specific group defined here is used.
1934 *
1935 * - flags: bit field
1936 * - DBO_DEFAULT -- turns on DBO_TRX only if "cliMode" is off (recommended)
1937 * - DBO_DEBUG -- equivalent of $wgDebugDumpSql
1938 * - DBO_TRX -- wrap entire request in a transaction
1939 * - DBO_NOBUFFER -- turn off buffering (not useful in LocalSettings.php)
1940 * - DBO_PERSISTENT -- enables persistent database connections
1941 * - DBO_SSL -- uses SSL/TLS encryption in database connections, if available
1942 * - DBO_COMPRESS -- uses internal compression in database connections,
1943 * if available
1944 *
1945 * - max lag: (optional) Maximum replication lag before a replica DB goes out of rotation
1946 * - is static: (optional) Set to true if the dataset is static and no replication is used.
1947 * - cliMode: (optional) Connection handles will not assume that requests are short-lived
1948 * nor that INSERT..SELECT can be rewritten into a buffered SELECT and INSERT.
1949 * [Default: uses value of $wgCommandLineMode]
1950 *
1951 * These and any other user-defined properties will be assigned to the mLBInfo member
1952 * variable of the Database object.
1953 *
1954 * Leave at false to use the single-server variables above. If you set this
1955 * variable, the single-server variables will generally be ignored (except
1956 * perhaps in some command-line scripts).
1957 *
1958 * The first server listed in this array (with key 0) will be the master. The
1959 * rest of the servers will be replica DBs. To prevent writes to your replica DBs due to
1960 * accidental misconfiguration or MediaWiki bugs, set read_only=1 on all your
1961 * replica DBs in my.cnf. You can set read_only mode at runtime using:
1962 *
1963 * @code
1964 * SET @@read_only=1;
1965 * @endcode
1966 *
1967 * Since the effect of writing to a replica DB is so damaging and difficult to clean
1968 * up, we at Wikimedia set read_only=1 in my.cnf on all our DB servers, even
1969 * our masters, and then set read_only=0 on masters at runtime.
1970 */
1971 $wgDBservers = false;
1972
1973 /**
1974 * Load balancer factory configuration
1975 * To set up a multi-master wiki farm, set the class here to something that
1976 * can return a LoadBalancer with an appropriate master on a call to getMainLB().
1977 * The class identified here is responsible for reading $wgDBservers,
1978 * $wgDBserver, etc., so overriding it may cause those globals to be ignored.
1979 *
1980 * The LBFactoryMulti class is provided for this purpose, please see
1981 * includes/db/LBFactoryMulti.php for configuration information.
1982 */
1983 $wgLBFactoryConf = [ 'class' => 'LBFactorySimple' ];
1984
1985 /**
1986 * After a state-changing request is done by a client, this determines
1987 * how many seconds that client should keep using the master datacenter.
1988 * This avoids unexpected stale or 404 responses due to replication lag.
1989 * @since 1.27
1990 */
1991 $wgDataCenterUpdateStickTTL = 10;
1992
1993 /**
1994 * File to log database errors to
1995 */
1996 $wgDBerrorLog = false;
1997
1998 /**
1999 * Timezone to use in the error log.
2000 * Defaults to the wiki timezone ($wgLocaltimezone).
2001 *
2002 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
2003 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
2004 *
2005 * @par Examples:
2006 * @code
2007 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'UTC';
2008 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'GMT';
2009 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'PST8PDT';
2010 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'Europe/Sweden';
2011 * $wgDBerrorLogTZ = 'CET';
2012 * @endcode
2013 *
2014 * @since 1.20
2015 */
2016 $wgDBerrorLogTZ = false;
2017
2018 /**
2019 * Set to true to engage MySQL 4.1/5.0 charset-related features;
2020 * for now will just cause sending of 'SET NAMES=utf8' on connect.
2021 *
2022 * @warning THIS IS EXPERIMENTAL!
2023 *
2024 * May break if you're not using the table defs from mysql5/tables.sql.
2025 * May break if you're upgrading an existing wiki if set differently.
2026 * Broken symptoms likely to include incorrect behavior with page titles,
2027 * usernames, comments etc containing non-ASCII characters.
2028 * Might also cause failures on the object cache and other things.
2029 *
2030 * Even correct usage may cause failures with Unicode supplementary
2031 * characters (those not in the Basic Multilingual Plane) unless MySQL
2032 * has enhanced their Unicode support.
2033 */
2034 $wgDBmysql5 = false;
2035
2036 /**
2037 * Set true to enable Oracle DCRP (supported from 11gR1 onward)
2038 *
2039 * To use this feature set to true and use a datasource defined as
2040 * POOLED (i.e. in tnsnames definition set server=pooled in connect_data
2041 * block).
2042 *
2043 * Starting from 11gR1 you can use DCRP (Database Resident Connection
2044 * Pool) that maintains established sessions and reuses them on new
2045 * connections.
2046 *
2047 * Not completely tested, but it should fall back on normal connection
2048 * in case the pool is full or the datasource is not configured as
2049 * pooled.
2050 * And the other way around; using oci_pconnect on a non pooled
2051 * datasource should produce a normal connection.
2052 *
2053 * When it comes to frequent shortlived DB connections like with MW
2054 * Oracle tends to s***. The problem is the driver connects to the
2055 * database reasonably fast, but establishing a session takes time and
2056 * resources. MW does not rely on session state (as it does not use
2057 * features such as package variables) so establishing a valid session
2058 * is in this case an unwanted overhead that just slows things down.
2059 *
2060 * @warning EXPERIMENTAL!
2061 */
2062 $wgDBOracleDRCP = false;
2063
2064 /**
2065 * Other wikis on this site, can be administered from a single developer account.
2066 *
2067 * Array numeric key => database name
2068 */
2069 $wgLocalDatabases = [];
2070
2071 /**
2072 * If lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagWarning, show a warning in some special
2073 * pages (like watchlist). If the lag is higher than $wgSlaveLagCritical,
2074 * show a more obvious warning.
2075 */
2076 $wgSlaveLagWarning = 10;
2077
2078 /**
2079 * @see $wgSlaveLagWarning
2080 */
2081 $wgSlaveLagCritical = 30;
2082
2083 /**
2084 * Use Windows Authentication instead of $wgDBuser / $wgDBpassword for MS SQL Server
2085 */
2086 $wgDBWindowsAuthentication = false;
2087
2088 /**@}*/ # End of DB settings }
2089
2090 /************************************************************************//**
2091 * @name Text storage
2092 * @{
2093 */
2094
2095 /**
2096 * We can also compress text stored in the 'text' table. If this is set on, new
2097 * revisions will be compressed on page save if zlib support is available. Any
2098 * compressed revisions will be decompressed on load regardless of this setting,
2099 * but will not be readable at all* if zlib support is not available.
2100 */
2101 $wgCompressRevisions = false;
2102
2103 /**
2104 * External stores allow including content
2105 * from non database sources following URL links.
2106 *
2107 * Short names of ExternalStore classes may be specified in an array here:
2108 * @code
2109 * $wgExternalStores = [ "http","file","custom" ]...
2110 * @endcode
2111 *
2112 * CAUTION: Access to database might lead to code execution
2113 */
2114 $wgExternalStores = [];
2115
2116 /**
2117 * An array of external MySQL servers.
2118 *
2119 * @par Example:
2120 * Create a cluster named 'cluster1' containing three servers:
2121 * @code
2122 * $wgExternalServers = [
2123 * 'cluster1' => <array in the same format as $wgDBservers>
2124 * ];
2125 * @endcode
2126 *
2127 * Used by LBFactorySimple, may be ignored if $wgLBFactoryConf is set to
2128 * another class.
2129 */
2130 $wgExternalServers = [];
2131
2132 /**
2133 * The place to put new revisions, false to put them in the local text table.
2134 * Part of a URL, e.g. DB://cluster1
2135 *
2136 * Can be an array instead of a single string, to enable data distribution. Keys
2137 * must be consecutive integers, starting at zero.
2138 *
2139 * @par Example:
2140 * @code
2141 * $wgDefaultExternalStore = [ 'DB://cluster1', 'DB://cluster2' ];
2142 * @endcode
2143 *
2144 * @var array
2145 */
2146 $wgDefaultExternalStore = false;
2147
2148 /**
2149 * Revision text may be cached in $wgMemc to reduce load on external storage
2150 * servers and object extraction overhead for frequently-loaded revisions.
2151 *
2152 * Set to 0 to disable, or number of seconds before cache expiry.
2153 */
2154 $wgRevisionCacheExpiry = 86400 * 7;
2155
2156 /** @} */ # end text storage }
2157
2158 /************************************************************************//**
2159 * @name Performance hacks and limits
2160 * @{
2161 */
2162
2163 /**
2164 * Disable database-intensive features
2165 */
2166 $wgMiserMode = false;
2167
2168 /**
2169 * Disable all query pages if miser mode is on, not just some
2170 */
2171 $wgDisableQueryPages = false;
2172
2173 /**
2174 * Number of rows to cache in 'querycache' table when miser mode is on
2175 */
2176 $wgQueryCacheLimit = 1000;
2177
2178 /**
2179 * Number of links to a page required before it is deemed "wanted"
2180 */
2181 $wgWantedPagesThreshold = 1;
2182
2183 /**
2184 * Enable slow parser functions
2185 */
2186 $wgAllowSlowParserFunctions = false;
2187
2188 /**
2189 * Allow schema updates
2190 */
2191 $wgAllowSchemaUpdates = true;
2192
2193 /**
2194 * Maximum article size in kilobytes
2195 */
2196 $wgMaxArticleSize = 2048;
2197
2198 /**
2199 * The minimum amount of memory that MediaWiki "needs"; MediaWiki will try to
2200 * raise PHP's memory limit if it's below this amount.
2201 */
2202 $wgMemoryLimit = "50M";
2203
2204 /**
2205 * The minimum amount of time that MediaWiki needs for "slow" write request,
2206 * particularly ones with multiple non-atomic writes that *should* be as
2207 * transactional as possible; MediaWiki will call set_time_limit() if needed.
2208 * @since 1.26
2209 */
2210 $wgTransactionalTimeLimit = 120;
2211
2212 /** @} */ # end performance hacks }
2213
2214 /************************************************************************//**
2215 * @name Cache settings
2216 * @{
2217 */
2218
2219 /**
2220 * Directory for caching data in the local filesystem. Should not be accessible
2221 * from the web.
2222 *
2223 * Note: if multiple wikis share the same localisation cache directory, they
2224 * must all have the same set of extensions. You can set a directory just for
2225 * the localisation cache using $wgLocalisationCacheConf['storeDirectory'].
2226 */
2227 $wgCacheDirectory = false;
2228
2229 /**
2230 * Main cache type. This should be a cache with fast access, but it may have
2231 * limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the stock database cache
2232 * is not fast enough to make it worthwhile.
2233 *
2234 * The options are:
2235 *
2236 * - CACHE_ANYTHING: Use anything, as long as it works
2237 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2238 * - CACHE_DB: Store cache objects in the DB
2239 * - CACHE_MEMCACHED: MemCached, must specify servers in $wgMemCachedServers
2240 * - CACHE_ACCEL: APC, APCU, XCache or WinCache
2241 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2242 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches.
2243 *
2244 * @see $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType
2245 */
2246 $wgMainCacheType = CACHE_NONE;
2247
2248 /**
2249 * The cache type for storing the contents of the MediaWiki namespace. This
2250 * cache is used for a small amount of data which is expensive to regenerate.
2251 *
2252 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2253 */
2254 $wgMessageCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2255
2256 /**
2257 * The cache type for storing article HTML. This is used to store data which
2258 * is expensive to regenerate, and benefits from having plenty of storage space.
2259 *
2260 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2261 */
2262 $wgParserCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2263
2264 /**
2265 * The cache type for storing session data.
2266 *
2267 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2268 */
2269 $wgSessionCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2270
2271 /**
2272 * The cache type for storing language conversion tables,
2273 * which are used when parsing certain text and interface messages.
2274 *
2275 * For available types see $wgMainCacheType.
2276 *
2277 * @since 1.20
2278 */
2279 $wgLanguageConverterCacheType = CACHE_ANYTHING;
2280
2281 /**
2282 * Advanced object cache configuration.
2283 *
2284 * Use this to define the class names and constructor parameters which are used
2285 * for the various cache types. Custom cache types may be defined here and
2286 * referenced from $wgMainCacheType, $wgMessageCacheType, $wgParserCacheType,
2287 * or $wgLanguageConverterCacheType.
2288 *
2289 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2290 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "class" parameter is the
2291 * class name which will be used. Alternatively, a "factory" parameter may be
2292 * given, giving a callable function which will generate a suitable cache object.
2293 */
2294 $wgObjectCaches = [
2295 CACHE_NONE => [ 'class' => 'EmptyBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2296 CACHE_DB => [ 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff' ],
2297
2298 CACHE_ANYTHING => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::newAnything' ],
2299 CACHE_ACCEL => [ 'factory' => 'ObjectCache::getLocalServerInstance' ],
2300 CACHE_MEMCACHED => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2301
2302 'db-replicated' => [
2303 'class' => 'ReplicatedBagOStuff',
2304 'readFactory' => [
2305 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2306 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => true ] ]
2307 ],
2308 'writeFactory' => [
2309 'class' => 'SqlBagOStuff',
2310 'args' => [ [ 'slaveOnly' => false ] ]
2311 ],
2312 'loggroup' => 'SQLBagOStuff',
2313 'reportDupes' => false
2314 ],
2315
2316 'apc' => [ 'class' => 'APCBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2317 'apcu' => [ 'class' => 'APCUBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2318 'xcache' => [ 'class' => 'XCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2319 'wincache' => [ 'class' => 'WinCacheBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2320 'memcached-php' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPhpBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2321 'memcached-pecl' => [ 'class' => 'MemcachedPeclBagOStuff', 'loggroup' => 'memcached' ],
2322 'hash' => [ 'class' => 'HashBagOStuff', 'reportDupes' => false ],
2323 ];
2324
2325 /**
2326 * Main Wide-Area-Network cache type. This should be a cache with fast access,
2327 * but it may have limited space. By default, it is disabled, since the basic stock
2328 * cache is not fast enough to make it worthwhile. For single data-center setups, this can
2329 * simply be pointed to a cache in $wgWANObjectCaches that uses a local $wgObjectCaches
2330 * cache with a relayer of type EventRelayerNull.
2331 *
2332 * The options are:
2333 * - false: Configure the cache using $wgMainCacheType, without using
2334 * a relayer (only matters if there are multiple data-centers)
2335 * - CACHE_NONE: Do not cache
2336 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2337 * configuration in $wgWANObjectCaches
2338 * @since 1.26
2339 */
2340 $wgMainWANCache = false;
2341
2342 /**
2343 * Advanced WAN object cache configuration.
2344 *
2345 * Each WAN cache wraps a registered object cache (for the local cluster)
2346 * and it must also be configured to point to a PubSub instance. Subscribers
2347 * must be configured to relay purges to the actual cache servers.
2348 *
2349 * The format is an associative array where the key is a cache identifier, and
2350 * the value is an associative array of parameters. The "cacheId" parameter is
2351 * a cache identifier from $wgObjectCaches. The "channels" parameter is a map of
2352 * actions ('purge') to PubSub channels defined in $wgEventRelayerConfig.
2353 * The "loggroup" parameter controls where log events are sent.
2354 *
2355 * @since 1.26
2356 */
2357 $wgWANObjectCaches = [
2358 CACHE_NONE => [
2359 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2360 'cacheId' => CACHE_NONE,
2361 'channels' => []
2362 ]
2363 /* Example of a simple single data-center cache:
2364 'memcached-php' => [
2365 'class' => 'WANObjectCache',
2366 'cacheId' => 'memcached-php',
2367 'channels' => [ 'purge' => 'wancache-main-memcached-purge' ]
2368 ]
2369 */
2370 ];
2371
2372 /**
2373 * Verify and enforce WAN cache purges using reliable DB sources as streams.
2374 *
2375 * These secondary cache purges are de-duplicated via simple cache mutexes.
2376 * This improves consistency when cache purges are lost, which becomes more likely
2377 * as more cache servers are added or if there are multiple datacenters. Only keys
2378 * related to important mutable content will be checked.
2379 *
2380 * @var bool
2381 * @since 1.29
2382 */
2383 $wgEnableWANCacheReaper = false;
2384
2385 /**
2386 * Main object stash type. This should be a fast storage system for storing
2387 * lightweight data like hit counters and user activity. Sites with multiple
2388 * data-centers should have this use a store that replicates all writes. The
2389 * store should have enough consistency for CAS operations to be usable.
2390 * Reads outside of those needed for merge() may be eventually consistent.
2391 *
2392 * The options are:
2393 * - db: Store cache objects in the DB
2394 * - (other): A string may be used which identifies a cache
2395 * configuration in $wgObjectCaches
2396 *
2397 * @since 1.26
2398 */
2399 $wgMainStash = 'db-replicated';
2400
2401 /**
2402 * The expiry time for the parser cache, in seconds.
2403 * The default is 86400 (one day).
2404 */
2405 $wgParserCacheExpireTime = 86400;
2406
2407 /**
2408 * @deprecated since 1.27, session data is always stored in object cache.
2409 */
2410 $wgSessionsInObjectCache = true;
2411
2412 /**
2413 * The expiry time to use for session storage, in seconds.
2414 */
2415 $wgObjectCacheSessionExpiry = 3600;
2416
2417 /**
2418 * @deprecated since 1.27, MediaWiki\Session\SessionManager doesn't use PHP session storage.
2419 */
2420 $wgSessionHandler = null;
2421
2422 /**
2423 * Whether to use PHP session handling ($_SESSION and session_*() functions)
2424 *
2425 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION is defined, this is forced to 'disable'.
2426 *
2427 * If the constant MW_NO_SESSION_HANDLER is defined, this is ignored and PHP
2428 * session handling will function independently of SessionHandler.
2429 * SessionHandler and PHP's session handling may attempt to override each
2430 * others' cookies.
2431 *
2432 * @since 1.27
2433 * @var string
2434 * - 'enable': Integrate with PHP's session handling as much as possible.
2435 * - 'warn': Integrate but log warnings if anything changes $_SESSION.
2436 * - 'disable': Throw exceptions if PHP session handling is used.
2437 */
2438 $wgPHPSessionHandling = 'enable';
2439
2440 /**
2441 * Number of internal PBKDF2 iterations to use when deriving session secrets.
2442 *
2443 * @since 1.28
2444 */
2445 $wgSessionPbkdf2Iterations = 10001;
2446
2447 /**
2448 * If enabled, will send MemCached debugging information to $wgDebugLogFile
2449 */
2450 $wgMemCachedDebug = false;
2451
2452 /**
2453 * The list of MemCached servers and port numbers
2454 */
2455 $wgMemCachedServers = [ '127.0.0.1:11211' ];
2456
2457 /**
2458 * Use persistent connections to MemCached, which are shared across multiple
2459 * requests.
2460 */
2461 $wgMemCachedPersistent = false;
2462
2463 /**
2464 * Read/write timeout for MemCached server communication, in microseconds.
2465 */
2466 $wgMemCachedTimeout = 500000;
2467
2468 /**
2469 * Set this to true to maintain a copy of the message cache on the local server.
2470 *
2471 * This layer of message cache is in addition to the one configured by $wgMessageCacheType.
2472 *
2473 * The local copy is put in APC. If APC is not installed, this setting does nothing.
2474 *
2475 * Note that this is about the message cache, which stores interface messages
2476 * maintained as wiki pages. This is separate from the localisation cache for interface
2477 * messages provided by the software, which is configured by $wgLocalisationCacheConf.
2478 */
2479 $wgUseLocalMessageCache = false;
2480
2481 /**
2482 * Instead of caching everything, only cache those messages which have
2483 * been customised in the site content language. This means that
2484 * MediaWiki:Foo/ja is ignored if MediaWiki:Foo doesn't exist.
2485 * This option is probably only useful for translatewiki.net.
2486 */
2487 $wgAdaptiveMessageCache = false;
2488
2489 /**
2490 * Localisation cache configuration. Associative array with keys:
2491 * class: The class to use. May be overridden by extensions.
2492 *
2493 * store: The location to store cache data. May be 'files', 'array', 'db' or
2494 * 'detect'. If set to "files", data will be in CDB files. If set
2495 * to "db", data will be stored to the database. If set to
2496 * "detect", files will be used if $wgCacheDirectory is set,
2497 * otherwise the database will be used.
2498 * "array" is an experimental option that uses PHP files that
2499 * store static arrays.
2500 *
2501 * storeClass: The class name for the underlying storage. If set to a class
2502 * name, it overrides the "store" setting.
2503 *
2504 * storeDirectory: If the store class puts its data in files, this is the
2505 * directory it will use. If this is false, $wgCacheDirectory
2506 * will be used.
2507 *
2508 * manualRecache: Set this to true to disable cache updates on web requests.
2509 * Use maintenance/rebuildLocalisationCache.php instead.
2510 */
2511 $wgLocalisationCacheConf = [
2512 'class' => 'LocalisationCache',
2513 'store' => 'detect',
2514 'storeClass' => false,
2515 'storeDirectory' => false,
2516 'manualRecache' => false,
2517 ];
2518
2519 /**
2520 * Allow client-side caching of pages
2521 */
2522 $wgCachePages = true;
2523
2524 /**
2525 * Set this to current time to invalidate all prior cached pages. Affects both
2526 * client-side and server-side caching.
2527 * You can get the current date on your server by using the command:
2528 * @verbatim
2529 * date +%Y%m%d%H%M%S
2530 * @endverbatim
2531 */
2532 $wgCacheEpoch = '20030516000000';
2533
2534 /**
2535 * Directory where GitInfo will look for pre-computed cache files. If false,
2536 * $wgCacheDirectory/gitinfo will be used.
2537 */
2538 $wgGitInfoCacheDirectory = false;
2539
2540 /**
2541 * Bump this number when changing the global style sheets and JavaScript.
2542 *
2543 * It should be appended in the query string of static CSS and JS includes,
2544 * to ensure that client-side caches do not keep obsolete copies of global
2545 * styles.
2546 */
2547 $wgStyleVersion = '303';
2548
2549 /**
2550 * This will cache static pages for non-logged-in users to reduce
2551 * database traffic on public sites. ResourceLoader requests to default
2552 * language and skins are cached as well as single module requests.
2553 */
2554 $wgUseFileCache = false;
2555
2556 /**
2557 * Depth of the subdirectory hierarchy to be created under
2558 * $wgFileCacheDirectory. The subdirectories will be named based on
2559 * the MD5 hash of the title. A value of 0 means all cache files will
2560 * be put directly into the main file cache directory.
2561 */
2562 $wgFileCacheDepth = 2;
2563
2564 /**
2565 * Kept for extension compatibility; see $wgParserCacheType
2566 * @deprecated since 1.26
2567 */
2568 $wgEnableParserCache = true;
2569
2570 /**
2571 * Append a configured value to the parser cache and the sitenotice key so
2572 * that they can be kept separate for some class of activity.
2573 */
2574 $wgRenderHashAppend = '';
2575
2576 /**
2577 * If on, the sidebar navigation links are cached for users with the
2578 * current language set. This can save a touch of load on a busy site
2579 * by shaving off extra message lookups.
2580 *
2581 * However it is also fragile: changing the site configuration, or
2582 * having a variable $wgArticlePath, can produce broken links that
2583 * don't update as expected.
2584 */
2585 $wgEnableSidebarCache = false;
2586
2587 /**
2588 * Expiry time for the sidebar cache, in seconds
2589 */
2590 $wgSidebarCacheExpiry = 86400;
2591
2592 /**
2593 * When using the file cache, we can store the cached HTML gzipped to save disk
2594 * space. Pages will then also be served compressed to clients that support it.
2595 *
2596 * Requires zlib support enabled in PHP.
2597 */
2598 $wgUseGzip = false;
2599
2600 /**
2601 * Clock skew or the one-second resolution of time() can occasionally cause cache
2602 * problems when the user requests two pages within a short period of time. This
2603 * variable adds a given number of seconds to vulnerable timestamps, thereby giving
2604 * a grace period.
2605 */
2606 $wgClockSkewFudge = 5;
2607
2608 /**
2609 * Invalidate various caches when LocalSettings.php changes. This is equivalent
2610 * to setting $wgCacheEpoch to the modification time of LocalSettings.php, as
2611 * was previously done in the default LocalSettings.php file.
2612 *
2613 * On high-traffic wikis, this should be set to false, to avoid the need to
2614 * check the file modification time, and to avoid the performance impact of
2615 * unnecessary cache invalidations.
2616 */
2617 $wgInvalidateCacheOnLocalSettingsChange = true;
2618
2619 /**
2620 * When loading extensions through the extension registration system, this
2621 * can be used to invalidate the cache. A good idea would be to set this to
2622 * one file, you can just `touch` that one to invalidate the cache
2623 *
2624 * @par Example:
2625 * @code
2626 * $wgExtensionInfoMtime = filemtime( "$IP/LocalSettings.php" );
2627 * @endcode
2628 *
2629 * If set to false, the mtime for each individual JSON file will be checked,
2630 * which can be slow if a large number of extensions are being loaded.
2631 *
2632 * @var int|bool
2633 */
2634 $wgExtensionInfoMTime = false;
2635
2636 /** @} */ # end of cache settings
2637
2638 /************************************************************************//**
2639 * @name HTTP proxy (CDN) settings
2640 *
2641 * Many of these settings apply to any HTTP proxy used in front of MediaWiki,
2642 * although they are referred to as Squid settings for historical reasons.
2643 *
2644 * Achieving a high hit ratio with an HTTP proxy requires special
2645 * configuration. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching for
2646 * more details.
2647 *
2648 * @{
2649 */
2650
2651 /**
2652 * Enable/disable CDN.
2653 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Squid_caching
2654 */
2655 $wgUseSquid = false;
2656
2657 /**
2658 * If you run Squid3 with ESI support, enable this (default:false):
2659 */
2660 $wgUseESI = false;
2661
2662 /**
2663 * Send the Key HTTP header for better caching.
2664 * See https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/draft-fielding-http-key/ for details.
2665 * @since 1.27
2666 */
2667 $wgUseKeyHeader = false;
2668
2669 /**
2670 * Add X-Forwarded-Proto to the Vary and Key headers for API requests and
2671 * RSS/Atom feeds. Use this if you have an SSL termination setup
2672 * and need to split the cache between HTTP and HTTPS for API requests,
2673 * feed requests and HTTP redirect responses in order to prevent cache
2674 * pollution. This does not affect 'normal' requests to index.php other than
2675 * HTTP redirects.
2676 */
2677 $wgVaryOnXFP = false;
2678
2679 /**
2680 * Internal server name as known to CDN, if different.
2681 *
2682 * @par Example:
2683 * @code
2684 * $wgInternalServer = 'http://yourinternal.tld:8000';
2685 * @endcode
2686 */
2687 $wgInternalServer = false;
2688
2689 /**
2690 * Cache TTL for the CDN sent as s-maxage (without ESI) or
2691 * Surrogate-Control (with ESI). Without ESI, you should strip
2692 * out s-maxage in the CDN config.
2693 *
2694 * 18000 seconds = 5 hours, more cache hits with 2678400 = 31 days.
2695 */
2696 $wgSquidMaxage = 18000;
2697
2698 /**
2699 * Cache timeout for the CDN when DB replica DB lag is high
2700 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2701 * @since 1.27
2702 */
2703 $wgCdnMaxageLagged = 30;
2704
2705 /**
2706 * If set, any SquidPurge call on a URL or URLs will send a second purge no less than
2707 * this many seconds later via the job queue. This requires delayed job support.
2708 * This should be safely higher than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf, so that
2709 * replica DB lag does not cause page to be stuck in stales states in CDN.
2710 *
2711 * This also fixes race conditions in two-tiered CDN setups (e.g. cdn2 => cdn1 => MediaWiki).
2712 * If a purge for a URL reaches cdn2 before cdn1 and a request reaches cdn2 for that URL,
2713 * it will populate the response from the stale cdn1 value. When cdn1 gets the purge, cdn2
2714 * will still be stale. If the rebound purge delay is safely higher than the time to relay
2715 * a purge to all nodes, then the rebound puge will clear cdn2 after cdn1 was cleared.
2716 *
2717 * @since 1.27
2718 */
2719 $wgCdnReboundPurgeDelay = 0;
2720
2721 /**
2722 * Cache timeout for the CDN when a response is known to be wrong or incomplete (due to load)
2723 * @see $wgSquidMaxage
2724 * @since 1.27
2725 */
2726 $wgCdnMaxageSubstitute = 60;
2727
2728 /**
2729 * Default maximum age for raw CSS/JS accesses
2730 *
2731 * 300 seconds = 5 minutes.
2732 */
2733 $wgForcedRawSMaxage = 300;
2734
2735 /**
2736 * List of proxy servers to purge on changes; default port is 80. Use IP addresses.
2737 *
2738 * When MediaWiki is running behind a proxy, it will trust X-Forwarded-For
2739 * headers sent/modified from these proxies when obtaining the remote IP address
2740 *
2741 * For a list of trusted servers which *aren't* purged, see $wgSquidServersNoPurge.
2742 */
2743 $wgSquidServers = [];
2744
2745 /**
2746 * As above, except these servers aren't purged on page changes; use to set a
2747 * list of trusted proxies, etc. Supports both individual IP addresses and
2748 * CIDR blocks.
2749 * @since 1.23 Supports CIDR ranges
2750 */
2751 $wgSquidServersNoPurge = [];
2752
2753 /**
2754 * Whether to use a Host header in purge requests sent to the proxy servers
2755 * configured in $wgSquidServers. Set this to false to support Squid
2756 * configured in forward-proxy mode.
2757 *
2758 * If this is set to true, a Host header will be sent, and only the path
2759 * component of the URL will appear on the request line, as if the request
2760 * were a non-proxy HTTP 1.1 request. Varnish only supports this style of
2761 * request. Squid supports this style of request only if reverse-proxy mode
2762 * (http_port ... accel) is enabled.
2763 *
2764 * If this is set to false, no Host header will be sent, and the absolute URL
2765 * will be sent in the request line, as is the standard for an HTTP proxy
2766 * request in both HTTP 1.0 and 1.1. This style of request is not supported
2767 * by Varnish, but is supported by Squid in either configuration (forward or
2768 * reverse).
2769 *
2770 * @since 1.21
2771 */
2772 $wgSquidPurgeUseHostHeader = true;
2773
2774 /**
2775 * Routing configuration for HTCP multicast purging. Add elements here to
2776 * enable HTCP and determine which purges are sent where. If set to an empty
2777 * array, HTCP is disabled.
2778 *
2779 * Each key in this array is a regular expression to match against the purged
2780 * URL, or an empty string to match all URLs. The purged URL is matched against
2781 * the regexes in the order specified, and the first rule whose regex matches
2782 * is used, all remaining rules will thus be ignored.
2783 *
2784 * @par Example configuration to send purges for upload.wikimedia.org to one
2785 * multicast group and all other purges to another:
2786 * @code
2787 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2788 * '|^https?://upload\.wikimedia\.org|' => [
2789 * 'host' => '239.128.0.113',
2790 * 'port' => 4827,
2791 * ],
2792 * '' => [
2793 * 'host' => '239.128.0.112',
2794 * 'port' => 4827,
2795 * ],
2796 * ];
2797 * @endcode
2798 *
2799 * You can also pass an array of hosts to send purges too. This is useful when
2800 * you have several multicast groups or unicast address that should receive a
2801 * given purge. Multiple hosts support was introduced in MediaWiki 1.22.
2802 *
2803 * @par Example of sending purges to multiple hosts:
2804 * @code
2805 * $wgHTCPRouting = [
2806 * '' => [
2807 * // Purges to text caches using multicast
2808 * [ 'host' => '239.128.0.114', 'port' => '4827' ],
2809 * // Purges to a hardcoded list of caches
2810 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.1', 'port' => '4827' ],
2811 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.2', 'port' => '4827' ],
2812 * [ 'host' => '10.88.66.3', 'port' => '4827' ],
2813 * ],
2814 * ];
2815 * @endcode
2816 *
2817 * @since 1.22
2818 *
2819 * $wgHTCPRouting replaces $wgHTCPMulticastRouting that was introduced in 1.20.
2820 * For back compatibility purposes, whenever its array is empty
2821 * $wgHTCPMutlicastRouting will be used as a fallback if it not null.
2822 *
2823 * @see $wgHTCPMulticastTTL
2824 */
2825 $wgHTCPRouting = [];
2826
2827 /**
2828 * HTCP multicast TTL.
2829 * @see $wgHTCPRouting
2830 */
2831 $wgHTCPMulticastTTL = 1;
2832
2833 /**
2834 * Should forwarded Private IPs be accepted?
2835 */
2836 $wgUsePrivateIPs = false;
2837
2838 /** @} */ # end of HTTP proxy settings
2839
2840 /************************************************************************//**
2841 * @name Language, regional and character encoding settings
2842 * @{
2843 */
2844
2845 /**
2846 * Site language code. See languages/data/Names.php for languages supported by
2847 * MediaWiki out of the box. Not all languages listed there have translations,
2848 * see languages/messages/ for the list of languages with some localisation.
2849 *
2850 * Warning: Don't use any of MediaWiki's deprecated language codes listed in
2851 * LanguageCode::getDeprecatedCodeMapping or $wgDummyLanguageCodes, like "no"
2852 * for Norwegian (use "nb" instead). If you do, things will break unexpectedly.
2853 *
2854 * This defines the default interface language for all users, but users can
2855 * change it in their preferences.
2856 *
2857 * This also defines the language of pages in the wiki. The content is wrapped
2858 * in a html element with lang=XX attribute. This behavior can be overridden
2859 * via hooks, see Title::getPageLanguage.
2860 */
2861 $wgLanguageCode = 'en';
2862
2863 /**
2864 * Language cache size, or really how many languages can we handle
2865 * simultaneously without degrading to crawl speed.
2866 */
2867 $wgLangObjCacheSize = 10;
2868
2869 /**
2870 * Some languages need different word forms, usually for different cases.
2871 * Used in Language::convertGrammar().
2872 *
2873 * @par Example:
2874 * @code
2875 * $wgGrammarForms['en']['genitive']['car'] = 'car\'s';
2876 * @endcode
2877 */
2878 $wgGrammarForms = [];
2879
2880 /**
2881 * Treat language links as magic connectors, not inline links
2882 */
2883 $wgInterwikiMagic = true;
2884
2885 /**
2886 * Hide interlanguage links from the sidebar
2887 */
2888 $wgHideInterlanguageLinks = false;
2889
2890 /**
2891 * List of additional interwiki prefixes that should be treated as
2892 * interlanguage links (i.e. placed in the sidebar).
2893 * Notes:
2894 * - This will not do anything unless the prefixes are defined in the interwiki
2895 * map.
2896 * - The display text for these custom interlanguage links will be fetched from
2897 * the system message "interlanguage-link-xyz" where xyz is the prefix in
2898 * this array.
2899 * - A friendly name for each site, used for tooltip text, may optionally be
2900 * placed in the system message "interlanguage-link-sitename-xyz" where xyz is
2901 * the prefix in this array.
2902 */
2903 $wgExtraInterlanguageLinkPrefixes = [];
2904
2905 /**
2906 * List of language names or overrides for default names in Names.php
2907 */
2908 $wgExtraLanguageNames = [];
2909
2910 /**
2911 * List of mappings from one language code to another.
2912 * This array makes the codes not appear as a selectable language on the
2913 * installer, and excludes them when running the transstat.php script.
2914 *
2915 * In Setup.php, the variable $wgDummyLanguageCodes is created by combining
2916 * these codes with a list of "deprecated" codes, which are mostly leftovers
2917 * from renames or other legacy things, and the internal codes 'qqq' and 'qqx'.
2918 * If a mapping in $wgExtraLanguageCodes collide with a built-in mapping, the
2919 * value in $wgExtraLanguageCodes will be used.
2920 *
2921 * @since 1.29
2922 */
2923 $wgExtraLanguageCodes = [
2924 'bh' => 'bho', // Bihari language family
2925 'no' => 'nb', // Norwegian language family
2926 'simple' => 'en', // Simple English
2927 ];
2928
2929 /**
2930 * Functionally the same as $wgExtraLanguageCodes, but deprecated. Instead of
2931 * appending values to this array, append them to $wgExtraLanguageCodes.
2932 *
2933 * @deprecated since 1.29
2934 */
2935 $wgDummyLanguageCodes = [];
2936
2937 /**
2938 * Set this to true to replace Arabic presentation forms with their standard
2939 * forms in the U+0600-U+06FF block. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2940 * set to "ar".
2941 *
2942 * Note that pages with titles containing presentation forms will become
2943 * inaccessible, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to fix this.
2944 */
2945 $wgFixArabicUnicode = true;
2946
2947 /**
2948 * Set this to true to replace ZWJ-based chillu sequences in Malayalam text
2949 * with their Unicode 5.1 equivalents. This only works if $wgLanguageCode is
2950 * set to "ml". Note that some clients (even new clients as of 2010) do not
2951 * support these characters.
2952 *
2953 * If you enable this on an existing wiki, run maintenance/cleanupTitles.php to
2954 * fix any ZWJ sequences in existing page titles.
2955 */
2956 $wgFixMalayalamUnicode = true;
2957
2958 /**
2959 * Set this to always convert certain Unicode sequences to modern ones
2960 * regardless of the content language. This has a small performance
2961 * impact.
2962 *
2963 * See $wgFixArabicUnicode and $wgFixMalayalamUnicode for conversion
2964 * details.
2965 *
2966 * @since 1.17
2967 */
2968 $wgAllUnicodeFixes = false;
2969
2970 /**
2971 * Set this to eg 'ISO-8859-1' to perform character set conversion when
2972 * loading old revisions not marked with "utf-8" flag. Use this when
2973 * converting a wiki from MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier to UTF-8 without the
2974 * burdensome mass conversion of old text data.
2975 *
2976 * @note This DOES NOT touch any fields other than old_text. Titles, comments,
2977 * user names, etc still must be converted en masse in the database before
2978 * continuing as a UTF-8 wiki.
2979 */
2980 $wgLegacyEncoding = false;
2981
2982 /**
2983 * @deprecated since 1.30, does nothing
2984 */
2985 $wgBrowserBlackList = [];
2986
2987 /**
2988 * If set to true, the MediaWiki 1.4 to 1.5 schema conversion will
2989 * create stub reference rows in the text table instead of copying
2990 * the full text of all current entries from 'cur' to 'text'.
2991 *
2992 * This will speed up the conversion step for large sites, but
2993 * requires that the cur table be kept around for those revisions
2994 * to remain viewable.
2995 *
2996 * This option affects the updaters *only*. Any present cur stub
2997 * revisions will be readable at runtime regardless of this setting.
2998 */
2999 $wgLegacySchemaConversion = false;
3000
3001 /**
3002 * Enable dates like 'May 12' instead of '12 May', if the default date format
3003 * is 'dmy or mdy'.
3004 */
3005 $wgAmericanDates = false;
3006
3007 /**
3008 * For Hindi and Arabic use local numerals instead of Western style (0-9)
3009 * numerals in interface.
3010 */
3011 $wgTranslateNumerals = true;
3012
3013 /**
3014 * Translation using MediaWiki: namespace.
3015 * Interface messages will be loaded from the database.
3016 */
3017 $wgUseDatabaseMessages = true;
3018
3019 /**
3020 * Expiry time for the message cache key
3021 */
3022 $wgMsgCacheExpiry = 86400;
3023
3024 /**
3025 * Maximum entry size in the message cache, in bytes
3026 */
3027 $wgMaxMsgCacheEntrySize = 10000;
3028
3029 /**
3030 * Whether to enable language variant conversion.
3031 */
3032 $wgDisableLangConversion = false;
3033
3034 /**
3035 * Whether to enable language variant conversion for links.
3036 */
3037 $wgDisableTitleConversion = false;
3038
3039 /**
3040 * Default variant code, if false, the default will be the language code
3041 */
3042 $wgDefaultLanguageVariant = false;
3043
3044 /**
3045 * Whether to enable the pig latin variant of English (en-x-piglatin),
3046 * used to ease variant development work.
3047 */
3048 $wgUsePigLatinVariant = false;
3049
3050 /**
3051 * Disabled variants array of language variant conversion.
3052 *
3053 * @par Example:
3054 * @code
3055 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-mo';
3056 * $wgDisabledVariants[] = 'zh-my';
3057 * @endcode
3058 */
3059 $wgDisabledVariants = [];
3060
3061 /**
3062 * Like $wgArticlePath, but on multi-variant wikis, this provides a
3063 * path format that describes which parts of the URL contain the
3064 * language variant.
3065 *
3066 * @par Example:
3067 * @code
3068 * $wgLanguageCode = 'sr';
3069 * $wgVariantArticlePath = '/$2/$1';
3070 * $wgArticlePath = '/wiki/$1';
3071 * @endcode
3072 *
3073 * A link to /wiki/ would be redirected to /sr/Главна_страна
3074 *
3075 * It is important that $wgArticlePath not overlap with possible values
3076 * of $wgVariantArticlePath.
3077 */
3078 $wgVariantArticlePath = false;
3079
3080 /**
3081 * Show a bar of language selection links in the user login and user
3082 * registration forms; edit the "loginlanguagelinks" message to
3083 * customise these.
3084 */
3085 $wgLoginLanguageSelector = false;
3086
3087 /**
3088 * When translating messages with wfMessage(), it is not always clear what
3089 * should be considered UI messages and what should be content messages.
3090 *
3091 * For example, for the English Wikipedia, there should be only one 'mainpage',
3092 * so when getting the link for 'mainpage', we should treat it as site content
3093 * and call ->inContentLanguage()->text(), but for rendering the text of the
3094 * link, we call ->text(). The code behaves this way by default. However,
3095 * sites like the Wikimedia Commons do offer different versions of 'mainpage'
3096 * and the like for different languages. This array provides a way to override
3097 * the default behavior.
3098 *
3099 * @par Example:
3100 * To allow language-specific main page and community
3101 * portal:
3102 * @code
3103 * $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [ 'mainpage', 'portal-url' ];
3104 * @endcode
3105 */
3106 $wgForceUIMsgAsContentMsg = [];
3107
3108 /**
3109 * Fake out the timezone that the server thinks it's in. This will be used for
3110 * date display and not for what's stored in the DB. Leave to null to retain
3111 * your server's OS-based timezone value.
3112 *
3113 * This variable is currently used only for signature formatting and for local
3114 * time/date parser variables ({{LOCALTIME}} etc.)
3115 *
3116 * Timezones can be translated by editing MediaWiki messages of type
3117 * timezone-nameinlowercase like timezone-utc.
3118 *
3119 * A list of usable timezones can found at:
3120 * https://secure.php.net/manual/en/timezones.php
3121 *
3122 * @par Examples:
3123 * @code
3124 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'UTC';
3125 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'GMT';
3126 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'PST8PDT';
3127 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'Europe/Sweden';
3128 * $wgLocaltimezone = 'CET';
3129 * @endcode
3130 */
3131 $wgLocaltimezone = null;
3132
3133 /**
3134 * Set an offset from UTC in minutes to use for the default timezone setting
3135 * for anonymous users and new user accounts.
3136 *
3137 * This setting is used for most date/time displays in the software, and is
3138 * overridable in user preferences. It is *not* used for signature timestamps.
3139 *
3140 * By default, this will be set to match $wgLocaltimezone.
3141 */
3142 $wgLocalTZoffset = null;
3143
3144 /** @} */ # End of language/charset settings
3145
3146 /*************************************************************************//**
3147 * @name Output format and skin settings
3148 * @{
3149 */
3150
3151 /**
3152 * The default Content-Type header.
3153 */
3154 $wgMimeType = 'text/html';
3155
3156 /**
3157 * Previously used as content type in HTML script tags. This is now ignored since
3158 * HTML5 doesn't require a MIME type for script tags (javascript is the default).
3159 * It was also previously used by RawAction to determine the ctype query parameter
3160 * value that will result in a javascript response.
3161 * @deprecated since 1.22
3162 */
3163 $wgJsMimeType = null;
3164
3165 /**
3166 * The default xmlns attribute. The option to define this has been removed.
3167 * The value of this variable is no longer used by core and is set to a fixed
3168 * value in Setup.php for compatibility with extensions that depend on the value
3169 * of this variable being set. Such a dependency however is deprecated.
3170 * @deprecated since 1.22
3171 */
3172 $wgXhtmlDefaultNamespace = null;
3173
3174 /**
3175 * Previously used to determine if we should output an HTML5 doctype.
3176 * This is no longer used as we always output HTML5 now. For compatibility with
3177 * extensions that still check the value of this config it's value is now forced
3178 * to true by Setup.php.
3179 * @deprecated since 1.22
3180 */
3181 $wgHtml5 = true;
3182
3183 /**
3184 * Defines the value of the version attribute in the &lt;html&gt; tag, if any.
3185 *
3186 * If your wiki uses RDFa, set it to the correct value for RDFa+HTML5.
3187 * Correct current values are 'HTML+RDFa 1.0' or 'XHTML+RDFa 1.0'.
3188 * See also https://www.w3.org/TR/rdfa-in-html/#document-conformance
3189 * @since 1.16
3190 */
3191 $wgHtml5Version = null;
3192
3193 /**
3194 * Temporary variable that allows HTMLForms to be rendered as tables.
3195 * Table based layouts cause various issues when designing for mobile.
3196 * This global allows skins or extensions a means to force non-table based rendering.
3197 * Setting to false forces form components to always render as div elements.
3198 * @since 1.24
3199 */
3200 $wgHTMLFormAllowTableFormat = true;
3201
3202 /**
3203 * Temporary variable that applies MediaWiki UI wherever it can be supported.
3204 * Temporary variable that should be removed when mediawiki ui is more
3205 * stable and change has been communicated.
3206 * @since 1.24
3207 */
3208 $wgUseMediaWikiUIEverywhere = false;
3209
3210 /**
3211 * Whether to label the store-to-database-and-show-to-others button in the editor
3212 * as "Save page"/"Save changes" if false (the default) or, if true, instead as
3213 * "Publish page"/"Publish changes".
3214 *
3215 * @since 1.28
3216 */
3217 $wgEditSubmitButtonLabelPublish = false;
3218
3219 /**
3220 * Permit other namespaces in addition to the w3.org default.
3221 *
3222 * Use the prefix for the key and the namespace for the value.
3223 *
3224 * @par Example:
3225 * @code
3226 * $wgXhtmlNamespaces['svg'] = 'http://www.w3.org/2000/svg';
3227 * @endcode
3228 * Normally we wouldn't have to define this in the root "<html>"
3229 * element, but IE needs it there in some circumstances.
3230 *
3231 * This is ignored if $wgMimeType is set to a non-XML MIME type.
3232 */
3233 $wgXhtmlNamespaces = [];
3234
3235 /**
3236 * Site notice shown at the top of each page
3237 *
3238 * MediaWiki:Sitenotice page, which will override this. You can also
3239 * provide a separate message for logged-out users using the
3240 * MediaWiki:Anonnotice page.
3241 */
3242 $wgSiteNotice = '';
3243
3244 /**
3245 * If this is set, a "donate" link will appear in the sidebar. Set it to a URL.
3246 */
3247 $wgSiteSupportPage = '';
3248
3249 /**
3250 * Validate the overall output using tidy and refuse
3251 * to display the page if it's not valid.
3252 */
3253 $wgValidateAllHtml = false;
3254
3255 /**
3256 * Default skin, for new users and anonymous visitors. Registered users may
3257 * change this to any one of the other available skins in their preferences.
3258 */
3259 $wgDefaultSkin = 'vector';
3260
3261 /**
3262 * Fallback skin used when the skin defined by $wgDefaultSkin can't be found.
3263 *
3264 * @since 1.24
3265 */
3266 $wgFallbackSkin = 'fallback';
3267
3268 /**
3269 * Specify the names of skins that should not be presented in the list of
3270 * available skins in user preferences. If you want to remove a skin entirely,
3271 * remove it from the skins/ directory and its entry from LocalSettings.php.
3272 */
3273 $wgSkipSkins = [];
3274
3275 /**
3276 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgSkipSkins instead
3277 */
3278 $wgSkipSkin = '';
3279
3280 /**
3281 * Allow user Javascript page?
3282 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3283 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3284 */
3285 $wgAllowUserJs = false;
3286
3287 /**
3288 * Allow user Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3289 * This enables a lot of neat customizations, but may
3290 * increase security risk to users and server load.
3291 */
3292 $wgAllowUserCss = false;
3293
3294 /**
3295 * Allow user-preferences implemented in CSS?
3296 * This allows users to customise the site appearance to a greater
3297 * degree; disabling it will improve page load times.
3298 */
3299 $wgAllowUserCssPrefs = true;
3300
3301 /**
3302 * Use the site's Javascript page?
3303 */
3304 $wgUseSiteJs = true;
3305
3306 /**
3307 * Use the site's Cascading Style Sheets (CSS)?
3308 */
3309 $wgUseSiteCss = true;
3310
3311 /**
3312 * Break out of framesets. This can be used to prevent clickjacking attacks,
3313 * or to prevent external sites from framing your site with ads.
3314 */
3315 $wgBreakFrames = false;
3316
3317 /**
3318 * The X-Frame-Options header to send on pages sensitive to clickjacking
3319 * attacks, such as edit pages. This prevents those pages from being displayed
3320 * in a frame or iframe. The options are:
3321 *
3322 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3323 *
3324 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain. This can be used
3325 * to allow framing within a trusted domain. This is insecure if there
3326 * is a page on the same domain which allows framing of arbitrary URLs.
3327 *
3328 * - false: Allow all framing. This opens up the wiki to XSS attacks and thus
3329 * full compromise of local user accounts. Private wikis behind a
3330 * corporate firewall are especially vulnerable. This is not
3331 * recommended.
3332 *
3333 * For extra safety, set $wgBreakFrames = true, to prevent framing on all pages,
3334 * not just edit pages.
3335 */
3336 $wgEditPageFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3337
3338 /**
3339 * Disallow framing of API pages directly, by setting the X-Frame-Options
3340 * header. Since the API returns CSRF tokens, allowing the results to be
3341 * framed can compromise your user's account security.
3342 * Options are:
3343 * - 'DENY': Do not allow framing. This is recommended for most wikis.
3344 * - 'SAMEORIGIN': Allow framing by pages on the same domain.
3345 * - false: Allow all framing.
3346 * Note: $wgBreakFrames will override this for human formatted API output.
3347 */
3348 $wgApiFrameOptions = 'DENY';
3349
3350 /**
3351 * Disable output compression (enabled by default if zlib is available)
3352 */
3353 $wgDisableOutputCompression = false;
3354
3355 /**
3356 * Abandoned experiment with HTML5-style ID escaping. Normalized IDs a bit
3357 * too aggressively, breaking preexisting content (particularly Cite).
3358 * See T29733, T29694, T29474.
3359 *
3360 * @deprecated since 1.30, use $wgFragmentMode
3361 */
3362 $wgExperimentalHtmlIds = false;
3363
3364 /**
3365 * How should section IDs be encoded?
3366 * This array can contain 1 or 2 elements, each of them can be one of:
3367 * - 'html5' is modern HTML5 style encoding with minimal escaping. Displays Unicode
3368 * characters in most browsers' address bars.
3369 * - 'legacy' is old MediaWiki-style encoding, e.g. 啤酒 turns into .E5.95.A4.E9.85.92
3370 * - 'html5-legacy' corresponds to DEPRECATED $wgExperimentalHtmlIds mode. DO NOT use
3371 * it for anything but migration off that mode (see below).
3372 *
3373 * The first element of this array specifies the primary mode of escaping IDs. This
3374 * is what users will see when they e.g. follow an [[#internal link]] to a section of
3375 * a page.
3376 *
3377 * The optional second element defines a fallback mode, useful for migrations.
3378 * If present, it will direct MediaWiki to add empty <span>s to every section with its
3379 * id attribute set to fallback encoded title so that links using the previous encoding
3380 * would still work.
3381 *
3382 * Example: you want to migrate your wiki from 'legacy' to 'html5'
3383 *
3384 * On the first step, set this variable to [ 'legacy', 'html5' ]. After a while, when
3385 * all caches (parser, HTTP, etc.) contain only pages generated with this setting,
3386 * flip the value to [ 'html5', 'legacy' ]. This will result in all internal links being
3387 * generated in the new encoding while old links (both external and cached internal) will
3388 * still work. After a long time, you might want to ditch backwards compatibility and
3389 * set it to [ 'html5' ]. After all, pages get edited, breaking incoming links no matter which
3390 * fragment mode is used.
3391 *
3392 * @since 1.30
3393 */
3394 $wgFragmentMode = [ 'legacy' ];
3395
3396 /**
3397 * Which ID escaping mode should be used for external interwiki links? See documentation
3398 * for $wgFragmentMode above for details of each mode. Because you can't control external sites,
3399 * this setting should probably always be 'legacy', unless every wiki you link to has converted
3400 * to 'html5'.
3401 *
3402 * @since 1.30
3403 */
3404 $wgExternalInterwikiFragmentMode = 'legacy';
3405
3406 /**
3407 * Abstract list of footer icons for skins in place of old copyrightico and poweredbyico code
3408 * You can add new icons to the built in copyright or poweredby, or you can create
3409 * a new block. Though note that you may need to add some custom css to get good styling
3410 * of new blocks in monobook. vector and modern should work without any special css.
3411 *
3412 * $wgFooterIcons itself is a key/value array.
3413 * The key is the name of a block that the icons will be wrapped in. The final id varies
3414 * by skin; Monobook and Vector will turn poweredby into f-poweredbyico while Modern
3415 * turns it into mw_poweredby.
3416 * The value is either key/value array of icons or a string.
3417 * In the key/value array the key may or may not be used by the skin but it can
3418 * be used to find the icon and unset it or change the icon if needed.
3419 * This is useful for disabling icons that are set by extensions.
3420 * The value should be either a string or an array. If it is a string it will be output
3421 * directly as html, however some skins may choose to ignore it. An array is the preferred format
3422 * for the icon, the following keys are used:
3423 * - src: An absolute url to the image to use for the icon, this is recommended
3424 * but not required, however some skins will ignore icons without an image
3425 * - srcset: optional additional-resolution images; see HTML5 specs
3426 * - url: The url to use in the a element around the text or icon, if not set an a element will
3427 * not be outputted
3428 * - alt: This is the text form of the icon, it will be displayed without an image in
3429 * skins like Modern or if src is not set, and will otherwise be used as
3430 * the alt="" for the image. This key is required.
3431 * - width and height: If the icon specified by src is not of the standard size
3432 * you can specify the size of image to use with these keys.
3433 * Otherwise they will default to the standard 88x31.
3434 * @todo Reformat documentation.
3435 */
3436 $wgFooterIcons = [
3437 "copyright" => [
3438 "copyright" => [], // placeholder for the built in copyright icon
3439 ],
3440 "poweredby" => [
3441 "mediawiki" => [
3442 // Defaults to point at
3443 // "$wgResourceBasePath/resources/assets/poweredby_mediawiki_88x31.png"
3444 // plus srcset for 1.5x, 2x resolution variants.
3445 "src" => null,
3446 "url" => "//www.mediawiki.org/",
3447 "alt" => "Powered by MediaWiki",
3448 ]
3449 ],
3450 ];
3451
3452 /**
3453 * Login / create account link behavior when it's possible for anonymous users
3454 * to create an account.
3455 * - true = use a combined login / create account link
3456 * - false = split login and create account into two separate links
3457 */
3458 $wgUseCombinedLoginLink = false;
3459
3460 /**
3461 * Display user edit counts in various prominent places.
3462 */
3463 $wgEdititis = false;
3464
3465 /**
3466 * Some web hosts attempt to rewrite all responses with a 404 (not found)
3467 * status code, mangling or hiding MediaWiki's output. If you are using such a
3468 * host, you should start looking for a better one. While you're doing that,
3469 * set this to false to convert some of MediaWiki's 404 responses to 200 so
3470 * that the generated error pages can be seen.
3471 *
3472 * In cases where for technical reasons it is more important for MediaWiki to
3473 * send the correct status code than for the body to be transmitted intact,
3474 * this configuration variable is ignored.
3475 */
3476 $wgSend404Code = true;
3477
3478 /**
3479 * The $wgShowRollbackEditCount variable is used to show how many edits can be rolled back.
3480 * The numeric value of the variable controls how many edits MediaWiki will look back to
3481 * determine whether a rollback is allowed (by checking that they are all from the same author).
3482 * If the value is false or 0, the edits are not counted. Disabling this will prevent MediaWiki
3483 * from hiding some useless rollback links.
3484 *
3485 * @since 1.20
3486 */
3487 $wgShowRollbackEditCount = 10;
3488
3489 /**
3490 * Output a <link rel="canonical"> tag on every page indicating the canonical
3491 * server which should be used, i.e. $wgServer or $wgCanonicalServer. Since
3492 * detection of the current server is unreliable, the link is sent
3493 * unconditionally.
3494 */
3495 $wgEnableCanonicalServerLink = false;
3496
3497 /**
3498 * When OutputHandler is used, mangle any output that contains
3499 * <cross-domain-policy>. Without this, an attacker can send their own
3500 * cross-domain policy unless it is prevented by the crossdomain.xml file at
3501 * the domain root.
3502 *
3503 * @since 1.25
3504 */
3505 $wgMangleFlashPolicy = true;
3506
3507 /** @} */ # End of output format settings }
3508
3509 /*************************************************************************//**
3510 * @name ResourceLoader settings
3511 * @{
3512 */
3513
3514 /**
3515 * Client-side resource modules.
3516 *
3517 * Extensions should add their ResourceLoader module definitions
3518 * to the $wgResourceModules variable.
3519 *
3520 * @par Example:
3521 * @code
3522 * $wgResourceModules['ext.myExtension'] = [
3523 * 'scripts' => 'myExtension.js',
3524 * 'styles' => 'myExtension.css',
3525 * 'dependencies' => [ 'jquery.cookie', 'jquery.tabIndex' ],
3526 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3527 * 'remoteExtPath' => 'MyExtension',
3528 * ];
3529 * @endcode
3530 */
3531 $wgResourceModules = [];
3532
3533 /**
3534 * Skin-specific styles for resource modules.
3535 *
3536 * These are later added to the 'skinStyles' list of the existing module. The 'styles' list can
3537 * not be modified or disabled.
3538 *
3539 * For example, here is a module "bar" and how skin Foo would provide additional styles for it.
3540 *
3541 * @par Example:
3542 * @code
3543 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3544 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3545 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3546 * ];
3547 *
3548 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3549 * 'bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3550 * ];
3551 * @endcode
3552 *
3553 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3554 *
3555 * @par Equivalent:
3556 * @code
3557 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3558 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3559 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/main.css',
3560 * 'skinStyles' => [
3561 * 'foo' => skins/Foo/bar.css',
3562 * ],
3563 * ];
3564 * @endcode
3565 *
3566 * If the module already defines its own entry in `skinStyles` for a given skin, then
3567 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles is ignored.
3568 *
3569 * If a module defines a `skinStyles['default']` the skin may want to extend that instead
3570 * of replacing them. This can be done using the `+` prefix.
3571 *
3572 * @par Example:
3573 * @code
3574 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3575 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3576 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3577 * 'skinStyles' => [
3578 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3579 * ],
3580 * ];
3581 * // Note the '+' character:
3582 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3583 * '+bar' => 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3584 * ];
3585 * @endcode
3586 *
3587 * This is mostly equivalent to:
3588 *
3589 * @par Equivalent:
3590 * @code
3591 * $wgResourceModules['bar'] = [
3592 * 'scripts' => 'resources/bar/bar.js',
3593 * 'styles' => 'resources/bar/basic.css',
3594 * 'skinStyles' => [
3595 * 'default' => 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3596 * 'foo' => [
3597 * 'resources/bar/additional.css',
3598 * 'skins/Foo/bar.css',
3599 * ],
3600 * ],
3601 * ];
3602 * @endcode
3603 *
3604 * In other words, as a module author, use the `styles` list for stylesheets that may not be
3605 * disabled by a skin. To provide default styles that may be extended or replaced,
3606 * use `skinStyles['default']`.
3607 *
3608 * As with $wgResourceModules, paths default to being relative to the MediaWiki root.
3609 * You should always provide a localBasePath and remoteBasePath (or remoteExtPath/remoteSkinPath).
3610 *
3611 * @par Example:
3612 * @code
3613 * $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles['foo'] = [
3614 * 'bar' => 'bar.css',
3615 * 'quux' => 'quux.css',
3616 * 'remoteSkinPath' => 'Foo',
3617 * 'localBasePath' => __DIR__,
3618 * ];
3619 * @endcode
3620 */
3621 $wgResourceModuleSkinStyles = [];
3622
3623 /**
3624 * Extensions should register foreign module sources here. 'local' is a
3625 * built-in source that is not in this array, but defined by
3626 * ResourceLoader::__construct() so that it cannot be unset.
3627 *
3628 * @par Example:
3629 * @code
3630 * $wgResourceLoaderSources['foo'] = 'http://example.org/w/load.php';
3631 * @endcode
3632 */
3633 $wgResourceLoaderSources = [];
3634
3635 /**
3636 * The default 'remoteBasePath' value for instances of ResourceLoaderFileModule.
3637 * Defaults to $wgScriptPath.
3638 */
3639 $wgResourceBasePath = null;
3640
3641 /**
3642 * Maximum time in seconds to cache resources served by ResourceLoader.
3643 * Used to set last modified headers (max-age/s-maxage).
3644 *
3645 * Following options to distinguish:
3646 * - versioned: Used for modules with a version, because changing version
3647 * numbers causes cache misses. This normally has a long expiry time.
3648 * - unversioned: Used for modules without a version to propagate changes
3649 * quickly to clients. Also used for modules with errors to recover quickly.
3650 * This normally has a short expiry time.
3651 *
3652 * Expiry time for the options to distinguish:
3653 * - server: Squid/Varnish but also any other public proxy cache between the
3654 * client and MediaWiki.
3655 * - client: On the client side (e.g. in the browser cache).
3656 */
3657 $wgResourceLoaderMaxage = [
3658 'versioned' => [
3659 'server' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3660 'client' => 30 * 24 * 60 * 60, // 30 days
3661 ],
3662 'unversioned' => [
3663 'server' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3664 'client' => 5 * 60, // 5 minutes
3665 ],
3666 ];
3667
3668 /**
3669 * The default debug mode (on/off) for of ResourceLoader requests.
3670 *
3671 * This will still be overridden when the debug URL parameter is used.
3672 */
3673 $wgResourceLoaderDebug = false;
3674
3675 /**
3676 * Put each statement on its own line when minifying JavaScript. This makes
3677 * debugging in non-debug mode a bit easier.
3678 *
3679 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always false; no longer configurable.
3680 */
3681 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierStatementsOnOwnLine = false;
3682
3683 /**
3684 * Maximum line length when minifying JavaScript. This is not a hard maximum:
3685 * the minifier will try not to produce lines longer than this, but may be
3686 * forced to do so in certain cases.
3687 *
3688 * @deprecated since 1.27: Always 1,000; no longer configurable.
3689 */
3690 $wgResourceLoaderMinifierMaxLineLength = 1000;
3691
3692 /**
3693 * Whether to ensure the mediawiki.legacy library is loaded before other modules.
3694 *
3695 * @deprecated since 1.26: Always declare dependencies.
3696 */
3697 $wgIncludeLegacyJavaScript = false;
3698
3699 /**
3700 * Whether or not to assign configuration variables to the global window object.
3701 *
3702 * If this is set to false, old code using deprecated variables will no longer
3703 * work.
3704 *
3705 * @par Example of legacy code:
3706 * @code{,js}
3707 * if ( window.wgRestrictionEdit ) { ... }
3708 * @endcode
3709 * or:
3710 * @code{,js}
3711 * if ( wgIsArticle ) { ... }
3712 * @endcode
3713 *
3714 * Instead, one needs to use mw.config.
3715 * @par Example using mw.config global configuration:
3716 * @code{,js}
3717 * if ( mw.config.exists('wgRestrictionEdit') ) { ... }
3718 * @endcode
3719 * or:
3720 * @code{,js}
3721 * if ( mw.config.get('wgIsArticle') ) { ... }
3722 * @endcode
3723 */
3724 $wgLegacyJavaScriptGlobals = true;
3725
3726 /**
3727 * If set to a positive number, ResourceLoader will not generate URLs whose
3728 * query string is more than this many characters long, and will instead use
3729 * multiple requests with shorter query strings. This degrades performance,
3730 * but may be needed if your web server has a low (less than, say 1024)
3731 * query string length limit or a low value for suhosin.get.max_value_length
3732 * that you can't increase.
3733 *
3734 * If set to a negative number, ResourceLoader will assume there is no query
3735 * string length limit.
3736 *
3737 * Defaults to a value based on php configuration.
3738 */
3739 $wgResourceLoaderMaxQueryLength = false;
3740
3741 /**
3742 * If set to true, JavaScript modules loaded from wiki pages will be parsed
3743 * prior to minification to validate it.
3744 *
3745 * Parse errors will result in a JS exception being thrown during module load,
3746 * which avoids breaking other modules loaded in the same request.
3747 */
3748 $wgResourceLoaderValidateJS = true;
3749
3750 /**
3751 * If set to true, statically-sourced (file-backed) JavaScript resources will
3752 * be parsed for validity before being bundled up into ResourceLoader modules.
3753 *
3754 * This can be helpful for development by providing better error messages in
3755 * default (non-debug) mode, but JavaScript parsing is slow and memory hungry
3756 * and may fail on large pre-bundled frameworks.
3757 */
3758 $wgResourceLoaderValidateStaticJS = false;
3759
3760 /**
3761 * Global LESS variables. An associative array binding variable names to
3762 * LESS code snippets representing their values.
3763 *
3764 * Adding an item here is equivalent to writing `@variable: value;`
3765 * at the beginning of all your .less files, with all the consequences.
3766 * In particular, string values must be escaped and quoted.
3767 *
3768 * Changes to this configuration do NOT trigger cache invalidation.
3769 *
3770 * @par Example:
3771 * @code
3772 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3773 * 'exampleFontSize' => '1em',
3774 * 'exampleBlue' => '#eee',
3775 * ];
3776 * @endcode
3777 * @since 1.22
3778 * @deprecated since 1.30 Use ResourceLoaderModule::getLessVars() instead to
3779 * add variables to individual modules that need them.
3780 */
3781 $wgResourceLoaderLESSVars = [
3782 /**
3783 * Minimum available screen width at which a device can be considered a tablet/desktop
3784 * The number is currently based on the device width of a Samsung Galaxy S5 mini and is low
3785 * enough to cover iPad (768px). Number is prone to change with new information.
3786 * @since 1.27
3787 */
3788 'deviceWidthTablet' => '720px',
3789 ];
3790
3791 /**
3792 * Default import paths for LESS modules. LESS files referenced in @import
3793 * statements will be looked up here first, and relative to the importing file
3794 * second. To avoid collisions, it's important for the LESS files in these
3795 * directories to have a common, predictable file name prefix.
3796 *
3797 * Extensions need not (and should not) register paths in
3798 * $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths. The import path includes the path of the
3799 * currently compiling LESS file, which allows each extension to freely import
3800 * files from its own tree.
3801 *
3802 * @since 1.22
3803 */
3804 $wgResourceLoaderLESSImportPaths = [
3805 "$IP/resources/src/mediawiki.less/",
3806 ];
3807
3808 /**
3809 * Whether ResourceLoader should attempt to persist modules in localStorage on
3810 * browsers that support the Web Storage API.
3811 */
3812 $wgResourceLoaderStorageEnabled = true;
3813
3814 /**
3815 * Cache version for client-side ResourceLoader module storage. You can trigger
3816 * invalidation of the contents of the module store by incrementing this value.
3817 *
3818 * @since 1.23
3819 */
3820 $wgResourceLoaderStorageVersion = 1;
3821
3822 /**
3823 * Whether to allow site-wide CSS (MediaWiki:Common.css and friends) on
3824 * restricted pages like Special:UserLogin or Special:Preferences where
3825 * JavaScript is disabled for security reasons. As it is possible to
3826 * execute JavaScript through CSS, setting this to true opens up a
3827 * potential security hole. Some sites may "skin" their wiki by using
3828 * site-wide CSS, causing restricted pages to look unstyled and different
3829 * from the rest of the site.
3830 *
3831 * @since 1.25
3832 */
3833 $wgAllowSiteCSSOnRestrictedPages = false;
3834
3835 /** @} */ # End of ResourceLoader settings }
3836
3837 /*************************************************************************//**
3838 * @name Page title and interwiki link settings
3839 * @{
3840 */
3841
3842 /**
3843 * Name of the project namespace. If left set to false, $wgSitename will be
3844 * used instead.
3845 */
3846 $wgMetaNamespace = false;
3847
3848 /**
3849 * Name of the project talk namespace.
3850 *
3851 * Normally you can ignore this and it will be something like
3852 * $wgMetaNamespace . "_talk". In some languages, you may want to set this
3853 * manually for grammatical reasons.
3854 */
3855 $wgMetaNamespaceTalk = false;
3856
3857 /**
3858 * Additional namespaces. If the namespaces defined in Language.php and
3859 * Namespace.php are insufficient, you can create new ones here, for example,
3860 * to import Help files in other languages. You can also override the namespace
3861 * names of existing namespaces. Extensions should use the CanonicalNamespaces
3862 * hook or extension.json.
3863 *
3864 * @warning Once you delete a namespace, the pages in that namespace will
3865 * no longer be accessible. If you rename it, then you can access them through
3866 * the new namespace name.
3867 *
3868 * Custom namespaces should start at 100 to avoid conflicting with standard
3869 * namespaces, and should always follow the even/odd main/talk pattern.
3870 *
3871 * @par Example:
3872 * @code
3873 * $wgExtraNamespaces = [
3874 * 100 => "Hilfe",
3875 * 101 => "Hilfe_Diskussion",
3876 * 102 => "Aide",
3877 * 103 => "Discussion_Aide"
3878 * ];
3879 * @endcode
3880 *
3881 * @todo Add a note about maintenance/namespaceDupes.php
3882 */
3883 $wgExtraNamespaces = [];
3884
3885 /**
3886 * Same as above, but for namespaces with gender distinction.
3887 * Note: the default form for the namespace should also be set
3888 * using $wgExtraNamespaces for the same index.
3889 * @since 1.18
3890 */
3891 $wgExtraGenderNamespaces = [];
3892
3893 /**
3894 * Namespace aliases.
3895 *
3896 * These are alternate names for the primary localised namespace names, which
3897 * are defined by $wgExtraNamespaces and the language file. If a page is
3898 * requested with such a prefix, the request will be redirected to the primary
3899 * name.
3900 *
3901 * Set this to a map from namespace names to IDs.
3902 *
3903 * @par Example:
3904 * @code
3905 * $wgNamespaceAliases = [
3906 * 'Wikipedian' => NS_USER,
3907 * 'Help' => 100,
3908 * ];
3909 * @endcode
3910 */
3911 $wgNamespaceAliases = [];
3912
3913 /**
3914 * Allowed title characters -- regex character class
3915 * Don't change this unless you know what you're doing
3916 *
3917 * Problematic punctuation:
3918 * - []{}|# Are needed for link syntax, never enable these
3919 * - <> Causes problems with HTML escaping, don't use
3920 * - % Enabled by default, minor problems with path to query rewrite rules, see below
3921 * - + Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to query rewrite rules,
3922 * corrupted by apache
3923 * - ? Enabled by default, but doesn't work with path to PATH_INFO rewrites
3924 *
3925 * All three of these punctuation problems can be avoided by using an alias,
3926 * instead of a rewrite rule of either variety.
3927 *
3928 * The problem with % is that when using a path to query rewrite rule, URLs are
3929 * double-unescaped: once by Apache's path conversion code, and again by PHP. So
3930 * %253F, for example, becomes "?". Our code does not double-escape to compensate
3931 * for this, indeed double escaping would break if the double-escaped title was
3932 * passed in the query string rather than the path. This is a minor security issue
3933 * because articles can be created such that they are hard to view or edit.
3934 *
3935 * In some rare cases you may wish to remove + for compatibility with old links.
3936 *
3937 * Theoretically 0x80-0x9F of ISO 8859-1 should be disallowed, but
3938 * this breaks interlanguage links
3939 */
3940 $wgLegalTitleChars = " %!\"$&'()*,\\-.\\/0-9:;=?@A-Z\\\\^_`a-z~\\x80-\\xFF+";
3941
3942 /**
3943 * The interwiki prefix of the current wiki, or false if it doesn't have one.
3944 *
3945 * @deprecated since 1.23; use $wgLocalInterwikis instead
3946 */
3947 $wgLocalInterwiki = false;
3948
3949 /**
3950 * Array for multiple $wgLocalInterwiki values, in case there are several
3951 * interwiki prefixes that point to the current wiki. If $wgLocalInterwiki is
3952 * set, its value is prepended to this array, for backwards compatibility.
3953 *
3954 * Note, recent changes feeds use only the first entry in this array (or
3955 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if it is set). See $wgRCFeeds
3956 */
3957 $wgLocalInterwikis = [];
3958
3959 /**
3960 * Expiry time for cache of interwiki table
3961 */
3962 $wgInterwikiExpiry = 10800;
3963
3964 /**
3965 * @name Interwiki caching settings.
3966 * @{
3967 */
3968
3969 /**
3970 * Interwiki cache, either as an associative array or a path to a constant
3971 * database (.cdb) file.
3972 *
3973 * This data structure database is generated by the `dumpInterwiki` maintenance
3974 * script (which lives in the WikimediaMaintenance repository) and has key
3975 * formats such as the following:
3976 *
3977 * - dbname:key - a simple key (e.g. enwiki:meta)
3978 * - _sitename:key - site-scope key (e.g. wiktionary:meta)
3979 * - __global:key - global-scope key (e.g. __global:meta)
3980 * - __sites:dbname - site mapping (e.g. __sites:enwiki)
3981 *
3982 * Sites mapping just specifies site name, other keys provide "local url"
3983 * data layout.
3984 *
3985 * @var bool|array|string
3986 */
3987 $wgInterwikiCache = false;
3988
3989 /**
3990 * Specify number of domains to check for messages.
3991 * - 1: Just wiki(db)-level
3992 * - 2: wiki and global levels
3993 * - 3: site levels
3994 */
3995 $wgInterwikiScopes = 3;
3996
3997 /**
3998 * Fallback site, if unable to resolve from cache
3999 */
4000 $wgInterwikiFallbackSite = 'wiki';
4001
4002 /** @} */ # end of Interwiki caching settings.
4003
4004 /**
4005 * @name SiteStore caching settings.
4006 * @{
4007 */
4008
4009 /**
4010 * Specify the file location for the Sites json cache file.
4011 */
4012 $wgSitesCacheFile = false;
4013
4014 /** @} */ # end of SiteStore caching settings.
4015
4016 /**
4017 * If local interwikis are set up which allow redirects,
4018 * set this regexp to restrict URLs which will be displayed
4019 * as 'redirected from' links.
4020 *
4021 * @par Example:
4022 * It might look something like this:
4023 * @code
4024 * $wgRedirectSources = '!^https?://[a-z-]+\.wikipedia\.org/!';
4025 * @endcode
4026 *
4027 * Leave at false to avoid displaying any incoming redirect markers.
4028 * This does not affect intra-wiki redirects, which don't change
4029 * the URL.
4030 */
4031 $wgRedirectSources = false;
4032
4033 /**
4034 * Set this to false to avoid forcing the first letter of links to capitals.
4035 *
4036 * @warning may break links! This makes links COMPLETELY case-sensitive. Links
4037 * appearing with a capital at the beginning of a sentence will *not* go to the
4038 * same place as links in the middle of a sentence using a lowercase initial.
4039 */
4040 $wgCapitalLinks = true;
4041
4042 /**
4043 * @since 1.16 - This can now be set per-namespace. Some special namespaces (such
4044 * as Special, see MWNamespace::$alwaysCapitalizedNamespaces for the full list) must be
4045 * true by default (and setting them has no effect), due to various things that
4046 * require them to be so. Also, since Talk namespaces need to directly mirror their
4047 * associated content namespaces, the values for those are ignored in favor of the
4048 * subject namespace's setting. Setting for NS_MEDIA is taken automatically from
4049 * NS_FILE.
4050 *
4051 * @par Example:
4052 * @code
4053 * $wgCapitalLinkOverrides[ NS_FILE ] = false;
4054 * @endcode
4055 */
4056 $wgCapitalLinkOverrides = [];
4057
4058 /**
4059 * Which namespaces should support subpages?
4060 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4061 */
4062 $wgNamespacesWithSubpages = [
4063 NS_TALK => true,
4064 NS_USER => true,
4065 NS_USER_TALK => true,
4066 NS_PROJECT => true,
4067 NS_PROJECT_TALK => true,
4068 NS_FILE_TALK => true,
4069 NS_MEDIAWIKI => true,
4070 NS_MEDIAWIKI_TALK => true,
4071 NS_TEMPLATE => true,
4072 NS_TEMPLATE_TALK => true,
4073 NS_HELP => true,
4074 NS_HELP_TALK => true,
4075 NS_CATEGORY_TALK => true
4076 ];
4077
4078 /**
4079 * Array holding default tracking category names.
4080 *
4081 * Array contains the system messages for each tracking category.
4082 * Tracking categories allow pages with certain characteristics to be tracked.
4083 * It works by adding any such page to a category automatically.
4084 *
4085 * A message with the suffix '-desc' should be added as a description message
4086 * to have extra information on Special:TrackingCategories.
4087 *
4088 * @deprecated since 1.25 Extensions should now register tracking categories using
4089 * the new extension registration system.
4090 *
4091 * @since 1.23
4092 */
4093 $wgTrackingCategories = [];
4094
4095 /**
4096 * Array of namespaces which can be deemed to contain valid "content", as far
4097 * as the site statistics are concerned. Useful if additional namespaces also
4098 * contain "content" which should be considered when generating a count of the
4099 * number of articles in the wiki.
4100 */
4101 $wgContentNamespaces = [ NS_MAIN ];
4102
4103 /**
4104 * Optional array of namespaces which should be blacklisted from Special:ShortPages
4105 * Only pages inside $wgContentNamespaces but not $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist will
4106 * be shown on that page.
4107 * @since 1.30
4108 */
4109 $wgShortPagesNamespaceBlacklist = [];
4110
4111 /**
4112 * Array of namespaces, in addition to the talk namespaces, where signatures
4113 * (~~~~) are likely to be used. This determines whether to display the
4114 * Signature button on the edit toolbar, and may also be used by extensions.
4115 * For example, "traditional" style wikis, where content and discussion are
4116 * intermixed, could place NS_MAIN and NS_PROJECT namespaces in this array.
4117 */
4118 $wgExtraSignatureNamespaces = [];
4119
4120 /**
4121 * Max number of redirects to follow when resolving redirects.
4122 * 1 means only the first redirect is followed (default behavior).
4123 * 0 or less means no redirects are followed.
4124 */
4125 $wgMaxRedirects = 1;
4126
4127 /**
4128 * Array of invalid page redirect targets.
4129 * Attempting to create a redirect to any of the pages in this array
4130 * will make the redirect fail.
4131 * Userlogout is hard-coded, so it does not need to be listed here.
4132 * (T12569) Disallow Mypage and Mytalk as well.
4133 *
4134 * As of now, this only checks special pages. Redirects to pages in
4135 * other namespaces cannot be invalidated by this variable.
4136 */
4137 $wgInvalidRedirectTargets = [ 'Filepath', 'Mypage', 'Mytalk', 'Redirect' ];
4138
4139 /** @} */ # End of title and interwiki settings }
4140
4141 /************************************************************************//**
4142 * @name Parser settings
4143 * These settings configure the transformation from wikitext to HTML.
4144 * @{
4145 */
4146
4147 /**
4148 * Parser configuration. Associative array with the following members:
4149 *
4150 * class The class name
4151 *
4152 * preprocessorClass The preprocessor class. Two classes are currently available:
4153 * Preprocessor_Hash, which uses plain PHP arrays for temporary
4154 * storage, and Preprocessor_DOM, which uses the DOM module for
4155 * temporary storage. Preprocessor_DOM generally uses less memory;
4156 * the speed of the two is roughly the same.
4157 *
4158 * If this parameter is not given, it uses Preprocessor_DOM if the
4159 * DOM module is available, otherwise it uses Preprocessor_Hash.
4160 *
4161 * The entire associative array will be passed through to the constructor as
4162 * the first parameter. Note that only Setup.php can use this variable --
4163 * the configuration will change at runtime via $wgParser member functions, so
4164 * the contents of this variable will be out-of-date. The variable can only be
4165 * changed during LocalSettings.php, in particular, it can't be changed during
4166 * an extension setup function.
4167 */
4168 $wgParserConf = [
4169 'class' => 'Parser',
4170 # 'preprocessorClass' => 'Preprocessor_Hash',
4171 ];
4172
4173 /**
4174 * Maximum indent level of toc.
4175 */
4176 $wgMaxTocLevel = 999;
4177
4178 /**
4179 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of nodes visited
4180 * by PPFrame::expand()
4181 */
4182 $wgMaxPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4183
4184 /**
4185 * A complexity limit on template expansion: the maximum number of elements
4186 * generated by Preprocessor::preprocessToObj(). This allows you to limit the
4187 * amount of memory used by the Preprocessor_DOM node cache: testing indicates
4188 * that each element uses about 160 bytes of memory on a 64-bit processor, so
4189 * this default corresponds to about 155 MB.
4190 *
4191 * When the limit is exceeded, an exception is thrown.
4192 */
4193 $wgMaxGeneratedPPNodeCount = 1000000;
4194
4195 /**
4196 * Maximum recursion depth for templates within templates.
4197 * The current parser adds two levels to the PHP call stack for each template,
4198 * and xdebug limits the call stack to 100 by default. So this should hopefully
4199 * stop the parser before it hits the xdebug limit.
4200 */
4201 $wgMaxTemplateDepth = 40;
4202
4203 /**
4204 * @see $wgMaxTemplateDepth
4205 */
4206 $wgMaxPPExpandDepth = 40;
4207
4208 /**
4209 * URL schemes that should be recognized as valid by wfParseUrl().
4210 *
4211 * WARNING: Do not add 'file:' to this or internal file links will be broken.
4212 * Instead, if you want to support file links, add 'file://'. The same applies
4213 * to any other protocols with the same name as a namespace. See task T46011 for
4214 * more information.
4215 *
4216 * @see wfParseUrl
4217 */
4218 $wgUrlProtocols = [
4219 'bitcoin:', 'ftp://', 'ftps://', 'geo:', 'git://', 'gopher://', 'http://',
4220 'https://', 'irc://', 'ircs://', 'magnet:', 'mailto:', 'mms://', 'news:',
4221 'nntp://', 'redis://', 'sftp://', 'sip:', 'sips:', 'sms:', 'ssh://',
4222 'svn://', 'tel:', 'telnet://', 'urn:', 'worldwind://', 'xmpp:', '//'
4223 ];
4224
4225 /**
4226 * If true, removes (by substituting) templates in signatures.
4227 */
4228 $wgCleanSignatures = true;
4229
4230 /**
4231 * Whether to allow inline image pointing to other websites
4232 */
4233 $wgAllowExternalImages = false;
4234
4235 /**
4236 * If the above is false, you can specify an exception here. Image URLs
4237 * that start with this string are then rendered, while all others are not.
4238 * You can use this to set up a trusted, simple repository of images.
4239 * You may also specify an array of strings to allow multiple sites
4240 *
4241 * @par Examples:
4242 * @code
4243 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = 'http://127.0.0.1/';
4244 * $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = [ 'http://127.0.0.1/', 'http://example.com' ];
4245 * @endcode
4246 */
4247 $wgAllowExternalImagesFrom = '';
4248
4249 /**
4250 * If $wgAllowExternalImages is false, you can allow an on-wiki
4251 * whitelist of regular expression fragments to match the image URL
4252 * against. If the image matches one of the regular expression fragments,
4253 * The image will be displayed.
4254 *
4255 * Set this to true to enable the on-wiki whitelist (MediaWiki:External image whitelist)
4256 * Or false to disable it
4257 */
4258 $wgEnableImageWhitelist = true;
4259
4260 /**
4261 * A different approach to the above: simply allow the "<img>" tag to be used.
4262 * This allows you to specify alt text and other attributes, copy-paste HTML to
4263 * your wiki more easily, etc. However, allowing external images in any manner
4264 * will allow anyone with editing rights to snoop on your visitors' IP
4265 * addresses and so forth, if they wanted to, by inserting links to images on
4266 * sites they control.
4267 */
4268 $wgAllowImageTag = false;
4269
4270 /**
4271 * Configuration for HTML postprocessing tool. Set this to a configuration
4272 * array to enable an external tool. Dave Raggett's "HTML Tidy" is typically
4273 * used. See https://www.w3.org/People/Raggett/tidy/
4274 *
4275 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is true, the deprecated configuration
4276 * parameters will be used instead.
4277 *
4278 * If this is null and $wgUseTidy is false, a pure PHP fallback will be used.
4279 *
4280 * Keys are:
4281 * - driver: May be:
4282 * - RaggettInternalHHVM: Use the limited-functionality HHVM extension
4283 * - RaggettInternalPHP: Use the PECL extension
4284 * - RaggettExternal: Shell out to an external binary (tidyBin)
4285 * - Html5Depurate: Use external Depurate service
4286 * - Html5Internal: Use the Balancer library in PHP
4287 * - RemexHtml: Use the RemexHtml library in PHP
4288 *
4289 * - tidyConfigFile: Path to configuration file for any of the Raggett drivers
4290 * - debugComment: True to add a comment to the output with warning messages
4291 * - tidyBin: For RaggettExternal, the path to the tidy binary.
4292 * - tidyCommandLine: For RaggettExternal, additional command line options.
4293 */
4294 $wgTidyConfig = null;
4295
4296 /**
4297 * Set this to true to use the deprecated tidy configuration parameters.
4298 * @deprecated use $wgTidyConfig
4299 */
4300 $wgUseTidy = false;
4301
4302 /**
4303 * The path to the tidy binary.
4304 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyBin']
4305 */
4306 $wgTidyBin = 'tidy';
4307
4308 /**
4309 * The path to the tidy config file
4310 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyConfigFile']
4311 */
4312 $wgTidyConf = $IP . '/includes/tidy/tidy.conf';
4313
4314 /**
4315 * The command line options to the tidy binary
4316 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['tidyCommandLine']
4317 */
4318 $wgTidyOpts = '';
4319
4320 /**
4321 * Set this to true to use the tidy extension
4322 * @deprecated Use $wgTidyConfig['driver']
4323 */
4324 $wgTidyInternal = extension_loaded( 'tidy' );
4325
4326 /**
4327 * Put tidy warnings in HTML comments
4328 * Only works for internal tidy.
4329 */
4330 $wgDebugTidy = false;
4331
4332 /**
4333 * Allow raw, unchecked HTML in "<html>...</html>" sections.
4334 * THIS IS VERY DANGEROUS on a publicly editable site, so USE wgGroupPermissions
4335 * TO RESTRICT EDITING to only those that you trust
4336 */
4337 $wgRawHtml = false;
4338
4339 /**
4340 * Set a default target for external links, e.g. _blank to pop up a new window.
4341 *
4342 * This will also set the "noreferrer" and "noopener" link rel to prevent the
4343 * attack described at https://mathiasbynens.github.io/rel-noopener/ .
4344 * Some older browsers may not support these link attributes, hence
4345 * setting $wgExternalLinkTarget to _blank may represent a security risk
4346 * to some of your users.
4347 */
4348 $wgExternalLinkTarget = false;
4349
4350 /**
4351 * If true, external URL links in wiki text will be given the
4352 * rel="nofollow" attribute as a hint to search engines that
4353 * they should not be followed for ranking purposes as they
4354 * are user-supplied and thus subject to spamming.
4355 */
4356 $wgNoFollowLinks = true;
4357
4358 /**
4359 * Namespaces in which $wgNoFollowLinks doesn't apply.
4360 * See Language.php for a list of namespaces.
4361 */
4362 $wgNoFollowNsExceptions = [];
4363
4364 /**
4365 * If this is set to an array of domains, external links to these domain names
4366 * (or any subdomains) will not be set to rel="nofollow" regardless of the
4367 * value of $wgNoFollowLinks. For instance:
4368 *
4369 * $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'en.wikipedia.org', 'wiktionary.org', 'mediawiki.org' ];
4370 *
4371 * This would add rel="nofollow" to links to de.wikipedia.org, but not
4372 * en.wikipedia.org, wiktionary.org, en.wiktionary.org, us.en.wikipedia.org,
4373 * etc.
4374 *
4375 * Defaults to mediawiki.org for the links included in the software by default.
4376 */
4377 $wgNoFollowDomainExceptions = [ 'mediawiki.org' ];
4378
4379 /**
4380 * Allow DISPLAYTITLE to change title display
4381 */
4382 $wgAllowDisplayTitle = true;
4383
4384 /**
4385 * For consistency, restrict DISPLAYTITLE to text that normalizes to the same
4386 * canonical DB key. Also disallow some inline CSS rules like display: none;
4387 * which can cause the text to be hidden or unselectable.
4388 */
4389 $wgRestrictDisplayTitle = true;
4390
4391 /**
4392 * Maximum number of calls per parse to expensive parser functions such as
4393 * PAGESINCATEGORY.
4394 */
4395 $wgExpensiveParserFunctionLimit = 100;
4396
4397 /**
4398 * Preprocessor caching threshold
4399 * Setting it to 'false' will disable the preprocessor cache.
4400 */
4401 $wgPreprocessorCacheThreshold = 1000;
4402
4403 /**
4404 * Enable interwiki transcluding. Only when iw_trans=1 in the interwiki table.
4405 */
4406 $wgEnableScaryTranscluding = false;
4407
4408 /**
4409 * Expiry time for transcluded templates cached in transcache database table.
4410 * Only used $wgEnableInterwikiTranscluding is set to true.
4411 */
4412 $wgTranscludeCacheExpiry = 3600;
4413
4414 /**
4415 * Enable the magic links feature of automatically turning ISBN xxx,
4416 * PMID xxx, RFC xxx into links
4417 *
4418 * @since 1.28
4419 */
4420 $wgEnableMagicLinks = [
4421 'ISBN' => false,
4422 'PMID' => false,
4423 'RFC' => false
4424 ];
4425
4426 /** @} */ # end of parser settings }
4427
4428 /************************************************************************//**
4429 * @name Statistics
4430 * @{
4431 */
4432
4433 /**
4434 * Method used to determine if a page in a content namespace should be counted
4435 * as a valid article.
4436 *
4437 * Redirect pages will never be counted as valid articles.
4438 *
4439 * This variable can have the following values:
4440 * - 'any': all pages as considered as valid articles
4441 * - 'comma': the page must contain a comma to be considered valid
4442 * - 'link': the page must contain a [[wiki link]] to be considered valid
4443 *
4444 * See also See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Article_count
4445 *
4446 * Retroactively changing this variable will not affect the existing count,
4447 * to update it, you will need to run the maintenance/updateArticleCount.php
4448 * script.
4449 */
4450 $wgArticleCountMethod = 'link';
4451
4452 /**
4453 * How many days user must be idle before he is considered inactive. Will affect
4454 * the number shown on Special:Statistics, Special:ActiveUsers, and the
4455 * {{NUMBEROFACTIVEUSERS}} magic word in wikitext.
4456 * You might want to leave this as the default value, to provide comparable
4457 * numbers between different wikis.
4458 */
4459 $wgActiveUserDays = 30;
4460
4461 /** @} */ # End of statistics }
4462
4463 /************************************************************************//**
4464 * @name User accounts, authentication
4465 * @{
4466 */
4467
4468 /**
4469 * Central ID lookup providers
4470 * Key is the provider ID, value is a specification for ObjectFactory
4471 * @since 1.27
4472 */
4473 $wgCentralIdLookupProviders = [
4474 'local' => [ 'class' => 'LocalIdLookup' ],
4475 ];
4476
4477 /**
4478 * Central ID lookup provider to use by default
4479 * @var string
4480 */
4481 $wgCentralIdLookupProvider = 'local';
4482
4483 /**
4484 * Password policy for local wiki users. A user's effective policy
4485 * is the superset of all policy statements from the policies for the
4486 * groups where the user is a member. If more than one group policy
4487 * include the same policy statement, the value is the max() of the
4488 * values. Note true > false. The 'default' policy group is required,
4489 * and serves as the minimum policy for all users. New statements can
4490 * be added by appending to $wgPasswordPolicy['checks'].
4491 * Statements:
4492 * - MinimalPasswordLength - minimum length a user can set
4493 * - MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin - passwords shorter than this will
4494 * not be allowed to login, regardless if it is correct.
4495 * - MaximalPasswordLength - maximum length password a user is allowed
4496 * to attempt. Prevents DoS attacks with pbkdf2.
4497 * - PasswordCannotMatchUsername - Password cannot match username to
4498 * - PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist - Username/password combination cannot
4499 * match a specific, hardcoded blacklist.
4500 * - PasswordCannotBePopular - Blacklist passwords which are known to be
4501 * commonly chosen. Set to integer n to ban the top n passwords.
4502 * If you want to ban all common passwords on file, use the
4503 * PHP_INT_MAX constant.
4504 * @since 1.26
4505 */
4506 $wgPasswordPolicy = [
4507 'policies' => [
4508 'bureaucrat' => [
4509 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4510 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4511 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4512 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4513 ],
4514 'sysop' => [
4515 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4516 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4517 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4518 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 25,
4519 ],
4520 'bot' => [
4521 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 8,
4522 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 1,
4523 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4524 ],
4525 'default' => [
4526 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 1,
4527 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => true,
4528 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => true,
4529 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 4096,
4530 ],
4531 ],
4532 'checks' => [
4533 'MinimalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimalPasswordLength',
4534 'MinimumPasswordLengthToLogin' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMinimumPasswordLengthToLogin',
4535 'PasswordCannotMatchUsername' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchUsername',
4536 'PasswordCannotMatchBlacklist' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPasswordCannotMatchBlacklist',
4537 'MaximalPasswordLength' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkMaximalPasswordLength',
4538 'PasswordCannotBePopular' => 'PasswordPolicyChecks::checkPopularPasswordBlacklist'
4539 ],
4540 ];
4541
4542 /**
4543 * Configure AuthManager
4544 *
4545 * All providers are constructed using ObjectFactory, see that for the general
4546 * structure. The array may also contain a key "sort" used to order providers:
4547 * providers are stably sorted by this value, which should be an integer
4548 * (default is 0).
4549 *
4550 * Elements are:
4551 * - preauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PreAuthenticationProviders
4552 * - primaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for PrimaryAuthenticationProviders
4553 * - secondaryauth: Array (keys ignored) of specifications for SecondaryAuthenticationProviders
4554 *
4555 * @since 1.27
4556 * @note If this is null or empty, the value from $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig is
4557 * used instead. Local customization should generally set this variable from
4558 * scratch to the desired configuration. Extensions that want to
4559 * auto-configure themselves should use $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig instead.
4560 */
4561 $wgAuthManagerConfig = null;
4562
4563 /**
4564 * @see $wgAuthManagerConfig
4565 * @since 1.27
4566 */
4567 $wgAuthManagerAutoConfig = [
4568 'preauth' => [
4569 MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4570 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LegacyHookPreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4571 'sort' => 0,
4572 ],
4573 MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4574 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ThrottlePreAuthenticationProvider::class,
4575 'sort' => 0,
4576 ],
4577 ],
4578 'primaryauth' => [
4579 // TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider should come before
4580 // any other PasswordAuthenticationRequest-based
4581 // PrimaryAuthenticationProvider (or at least any that might return
4582 // FAIL rather than ABSTAIN for a wrong password), or password reset
4583 // won't work right. Do not remove this (or change the key) or
4584 // auto-configuration of other such providers in extensions will
4585 // probably auto-insert themselves in the wrong place.
4586 MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4587 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4588 'args' => [ [
4589 // Fall through to LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider
4590 'authoritative' => false,
4591 ] ],
4592 'sort' => 0,
4593 ],
4594 MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4595 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\LocalPasswordPrimaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4596 'args' => [ [
4597 // Last one should be authoritative, or else the user will get
4598 // a less-than-helpful error message (something like "supplied
4599 // authentication info not supported" rather than "wrong
4600 // password") if it too fails.
4601 'authoritative' => true,
4602 ] ],
4603 'sort' => 100,
4604 ],
4605 ],
4606 'secondaryauth' => [
4607 MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4608 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\CheckBlocksSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4609 'sort' => 0,
4610 ],
4611 MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4612 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ResetPasswordSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4613 'sort' => 100,
4614 ],
4615 // Linking during login is experimental, enable at your own risk - T134952
4616 // MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4617 // 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\ConfirmLinkSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4618 // 'sort' => 100,
4619 // ],
4620 MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class => [
4621 'class' => MediaWiki\Auth\EmailNotificationSecondaryAuthenticationProvider::class,
4622 'sort' => 200,
4623 ],
4624 ],
4625 ];
4626
4627 /**
4628 * Time frame for re-authentication.
4629 *
4630 * With only password-based authentication, you'd just ask the user to re-enter
4631 * their password to verify certain operations like changing the password or
4632 * changing the account's email address. But under AuthManager, the user might
4633 * not have a password (you might even have to redirect the browser to a
4634 * third-party service or something complex like that), you might want to have
4635 * both factors of a two-factor authentication, and so on. So, the options are:
4636 * - Incorporate the whole multi-step authentication flow within everything
4637 * that needs to do this.
4638 * - Consider it good if they used Special:UserLogin during this session within
4639 * the last X seconds.
4640 * - Come up with a third option.
4641 *
4642 * MediaWiki currently takes the second option. This setting configures the
4643 * "X seconds".
4644 *
4645 * This allows for configuring different time frames for different
4646 * "operations". The operations used in MediaWiki core include:
4647 * - LinkAccounts
4648 * - UnlinkAccount
4649 * - ChangeCredentials
4650 * - RemoveCredentials
4651 * - ChangeEmail
4652 *
4653 * Additional operations may be used by extensions, either explicitly by
4654 * calling AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus(),
4655 * ApiAuthManagerHelper::securitySensitiveOperation() or
4656 * SpecialPage::checkLoginSecurityLevel(), or implicitly by overriding
4657 * SpecialPage::getLoginSecurityLevel() or by subclassing
4658 * AuthManagerSpecialPage.
4659 *
4660 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4661 *
4662 * @since 1.27
4663 * @var int[] operation => time in seconds. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4664 */
4665 $wgReauthenticateTime = [
4666 'default' => 300,
4667 ];
4668
4669 /**
4670 * Whether to allow security-sensitive operations when re-authentication is not possible.
4671 *
4672 * If AuthManager::canAuthenticateNow() is false (e.g. the current
4673 * SessionProvider is not able to change users, such as when OAuth is in use),
4674 * AuthManager::securitySensitiveOperationStatus() cannot sensibly return
4675 * SEC_REAUTH. Setting an operation true here will have it return SEC_OK in
4676 * that case, while setting it false will have it return SEC_FAIL.
4677 *
4678 * The key 'default' is used if a requested operation isn't defined in the array.
4679 *
4680 * @since 1.27
4681 * @see $wgReauthenticateTime
4682 * @var bool[] operation => boolean. A 'default' key must always be provided.
4683 */
4684 $wgAllowSecuritySensitiveOperationIfCannotReauthenticate = [
4685 'default' => true,
4686 ];
4687
4688 /**
4689 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not changeable through
4690 * Special:ChangeCredentials and the changeauthenticationdata API.
4691 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4692 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4693 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4694 * @since 1.27
4695 * @var string[]
4696 */
4697 $wgChangeCredentialsBlacklist = [
4698 \MediaWiki\Auth\TemporaryPasswordAuthenticationRequest::class
4699 ];
4700
4701 /**
4702 * List of AuthenticationRequest class names which are not removable through
4703 * Special:RemoveCredentials and the removeauthenticationdata API.
4704 * This is only enforced on the client level; AuthManager itself (e.g.
4705 * AuthManager::allowsAuthenticationDataChange calls) is not affected.
4706 * Class names are checked for exact match (not for subclasses).
4707 * @since 1.27
4708 * @var string[]
4709 */
4710 $wgRemoveCredentialsBlacklist = [
4711 \MediaWiki\Auth\PasswordAuthenticationRequest::class,
4712 ];
4713
4714 /**
4715 * For compatibility with old installations set to false
4716 * @deprecated since 1.24 will be removed in future
4717 */
4718 $wgPasswordSalt = true;
4719
4720 /**
4721 * Specifies the minimal length of a user password. If set to 0, empty pass-
4722 * words are allowed.
4723 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MinimalPasswordLength.
4724 */
4725 $wgMinimalPasswordLength = false;
4726
4727 /**
4728 * Specifies the maximal length of a user password (T64685).
4729 *
4730 * It is not recommended to make this greater than the default, as it can
4731 * allow DoS attacks by users setting really long passwords. In addition,
4732 * this should not be lowered too much, as it enforces weak passwords.
4733 *
4734 * @warning Unlike other password settings, user with passwords greater than
4735 * the maximum will not be able to log in.
4736 * @deprecated since 1.26, use $wgPasswordPolicy's MaximalPasswordLength.
4737 */
4738 $wgMaximalPasswordLength = false;
4739
4740 /**
4741 * Specifies if users should be sent to a password-reset form on login, if their
4742 * password doesn't meet the requirements of User::isValidPassword().
4743 * @since 1.23
4744 */
4745 $wgInvalidPasswordReset = true;
4746
4747 /**
4748 * Default password type to use when hashing user passwords
4749 *
4750 * @since 1.24
4751 */
4752 $wgPasswordDefault = 'pbkdf2';
4753
4754 /**
4755 * Configuration for built-in password types. Maps the password type
4756 * to an array of options. The 'class' option is the Password class to
4757 * use. All other options are class-dependent.
4758 *
4759 * An advanced example:
4760 * @code
4761 * $wgPasswordConfig['bcrypt-peppered'] = [
4762 * 'class' => 'EncryptedPassword',
4763 * 'underlying' => 'bcrypt',
4764 * 'secrets' => [],
4765 * 'cipher' => MCRYPT_RIJNDAEL_256,
4766 * 'mode' => MCRYPT_MODE_CBC,
4767 * 'cost' => 5,
4768 * ];
4769 * @endcode
4770 *
4771 * @since 1.24
4772 */
4773 $wgPasswordConfig = [
4774 'A' => [
4775 'class' => 'MWOldPassword',
4776 ],
4777 'B' => [
4778 'class' => 'MWSaltedPassword',
4779 ],
4780 'pbkdf2-legacyA' => [
4781 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4782 'types' => [
4783 'A',
4784 'pbkdf2',
4785 ],
4786 ],
4787 'pbkdf2-legacyB' => [
4788 'class' => 'LayeredParameterizedPassword',
4789 'types' => [
4790 'B',
4791 'pbkdf2',
4792 ],
4793 ],
4794 'bcrypt' => [
4795 'class' => 'BcryptPassword',
4796 'cost' => 9,
4797 ],
4798 'pbkdf2' => [
4799 'class' => 'Pbkdf2Password',
4800 'algo' => 'sha512',
4801 'cost' => '30000',
4802 'length' => '64',
4803 ],
4804 ];
4805
4806 /**
4807 * Whether to allow password resets ("enter some identifying data, and we'll send an email
4808 * with a temporary password you can use to get back into the account") identified by
4809 * various bits of data. Setting all of these to false (or the whole variable to false)
4810 * has the effect of disabling password resets entirely
4811 */
4812 $wgPasswordResetRoutes = [
4813 'username' => true,
4814 'email' => true,
4815 ];
4816
4817 /**
4818 * Maximum number of Unicode characters in signature
4819 */
4820 $wgMaxSigChars = 255;
4821
4822 /**
4823 * Maximum number of bytes in username. You want to run the maintenance
4824 * script ./maintenance/checkUsernames.php once you have changed this value.
4825 */
4826 $wgMaxNameChars = 255;
4827
4828 /**
4829 * Array of usernames which may not be registered or logged in from
4830 * Maintenance scripts can still use these
4831 */
4832 $wgReservedUsernames = [
4833 'MediaWiki default', // Default 'Main Page' and MediaWiki: message pages
4834 'Conversion script', // Used for the old Wikipedia software upgrade
4835 'Maintenance script', // Maintenance scripts which perform editing, image import script
4836 'Template namespace initialisation script', // Used in 1.2->1.3 upgrade
4837 'ScriptImporter', // Default user name used by maintenance/importSiteScripts.php
4838 'Unknown user', // Used in WikiImporter when importing revisions with no author
4839 'msg:double-redirect-fixer', // Automatic double redirect fix
4840 'msg:usermessage-editor', // Default user for leaving user messages
4841 'msg:proxyblocker', // For $wgProxyList and Special:Blockme (removed in 1.22)
4842 'msg:spambot_username', // Used by cleanupSpam.php
4843 'msg:autochange-username', // Used by anon category RC entries (parser functions, Lua & purges)
4844 ];
4845
4846 /**
4847 * Settings added to this array will override the default globals for the user
4848 * preferences used by anonymous visitors and newly created accounts.
4849 * For instance, to disable editing on double clicks:
4850 * $wgDefaultUserOptions ['editondblclick'] = 0;
4851 */
4852 $wgDefaultUserOptions = [
4853 'ccmeonemails' => 0,
4854 'cols' => 80, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4855 'date' => 'default',
4856 'diffonly' => 0,
4857 'disablemail' => 0,
4858 'editfont' => 'monospace',
4859 'editondblclick' => 0,
4860 'editsectiononrightclick' => 0,
4861 'enotifminoredits' => 0,
4862 'enotifrevealaddr' => 0,
4863 'enotifusertalkpages' => 1,
4864 'enotifwatchlistpages' => 1,
4865 'extendwatchlist' => 1,
4866 'fancysig' => 0,
4867 'forceeditsummary' => 0,
4868 'gender' => 'unknown',
4869 'hideminor' => 0,
4870 'hidepatrolled' => 0,
4871 'hidecategorization' => 1,
4872 'imagesize' => 2,
4873 'math' => 1,
4874 'minordefault' => 0,
4875 'newpageshidepatrolled' => 0,
4876 'nickname' => '',
4877 'norollbackdiff' => 0,
4878 'numberheadings' => 0,
4879 'previewonfirst' => 0,
4880 'previewontop' => 1,
4881 'rcdays' => 7,
4882 'rcenhancedfilters' => 0,
4883 'rcenhancedfilters-disable' => 0,
4884 'rclimit' => 50,
4885 'rows' => 25, // @deprecated since 1.29 No longer used in core
4886 'showhiddencats' => 0,
4887 'shownumberswatching' => 1,
4888 'showtoolbar' => 1,
4889 'skin' => false,
4890 'stubthreshold' => 0,
4891 'thumbsize' => 5,
4892 'underline' => 2,
4893 'uselivepreview' => 0,
4894 'usenewrc' => 1,
4895 'watchcreations' => 1,
4896 'watchdefault' => 1,
4897 'watchdeletion' => 0,
4898 'watchuploads' => 1,
4899 'watchlistdays' => 3.0,
4900 'watchlisthideanons' => 0,
4901 'watchlisthidebots' => 0,
4902 'watchlisthideliu' => 0,
4903 'watchlisthideminor' => 0,
4904 'watchlisthideown' => 0,
4905 'watchlisthidepatrolled' => 0,
4906 'watchlisthidecategorization' => 1,
4907 'watchlistreloadautomatically' => 0,
4908 'watchlistunwatchlinks' => 0,
4909 'watchmoves' => 0,
4910 'watchrollback' => 0,
4911 'wllimit' => 250,
4912 'useeditwarning' => 1,
4913 'prefershttps' => 1,
4914 ];
4915
4916 /**
4917 * An array of preferences to not show for the user
4918 */
4919 $wgHiddenPrefs = [];
4920
4921 /**
4922 * Characters to prevent during new account creations.
4923 * This is used in a regular expression character class during
4924 * registration (regex metacharacters like / are escaped).
4925 */
4926 $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters = '@:';
4927
4928 /**
4929 * Character used as a delimiter when testing for interwiki userrights
4930 * (In Special:UserRights, it is possible to modify users on different
4931 * databases if the delimiter is used, e.g. "Someuser@enwiki").
4932 *
4933 * It is recommended that you have this delimiter in
4934 * $wgInvalidUsernameCharacters above, or you will not be able to
4935 * modify the user rights of those users via Special:UserRights
4936 */
4937 $wgUserrightsInterwikiDelimiter = '@';
4938
4939 /**
4940 * This is to let user authenticate using https when they come from http.
4941 * Based on an idea by George Herbert on wikitech-l:
4942 * https://lists.wikimedia.org/pipermail/wikitech-l/2010-October/050039.html
4943 * @since 1.17
4944 */
4945 $wgSecureLogin = false;
4946
4947 /**
4948 * Versioning for authentication tokens.
4949 *
4950 * If non-null, this is combined with the user's secret (the user_token field
4951 * in the DB) to generate the token cookie. Changing this will invalidate all
4952 * active sessions (i.e. it will log everyone out).
4953 *
4954 * @since 1.27
4955 * @var string|null
4956 */
4957 $wgAuthenticationTokenVersion = null;
4958
4959 /**
4960 * MediaWiki\Session\SessionProvider configuration.
4961 *
4962 * Value is an array of ObjectFactory specifications for the SessionProviders
4963 * to be used. Keys in the array are ignored. Order is not significant.
4964 *
4965 * @since 1.27
4966 */
4967 $wgSessionProviders = [
4968 MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class => [
4969 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\CookieSessionProvider::class,
4970 'args' => [ [
4971 'priority' => 30,
4972 'callUserSetCookiesHook' => true,
4973 ] ],
4974 ],
4975 MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class => [
4976 'class' => MediaWiki\Session\BotPasswordSessionProvider::class,
4977 'args' => [ [
4978 'priority' => 75,
4979 ] ],
4980 ],
4981 ];
4982
4983 /** @} */ # end user accounts }
4984
4985 /************************************************************************//**
4986 * @name User rights, access control and monitoring
4987 * @{
4988 */
4989
4990 /**
4991 * Number of seconds before autoblock entries expire. Default 86400 = 1 day.
4992 */
4993 $wgAutoblockExpiry = 86400;
4994
4995 /**
4996 * Set this to true to allow blocked users to edit their own user talk page.
4997 */
4998 $wgBlockAllowsUTEdit = true;
4999
5000 /**
5001 * Allow sysops to ban users from accessing Emailuser
5002 */
5003 $wgSysopEmailBans = true;
5004
5005 /**
5006 * Limits on the possible sizes of range blocks.
5007 *
5008 * CIDR notation is hard to understand, it's easy to mistakenly assume that a
5009 * /1 is a small range and a /31 is a large range. For IPv4, setting a limit of
5010 * half the number of bits avoids such errors, and allows entire ISPs to be
5011 * blocked using a small number of range blocks.
5012 *
5013 * For IPv6, RFC 3177 recommends that a /48 be allocated to every residential
5014 * customer, so range blocks larger than /64 (half the number of bits) will
5015 * plainly be required. RFC 4692 implies that a very large ISP may be
5016 * allocated a /19 if a generous HD-Ratio of 0.8 is used, so we will use that
5017 * as our limit. As of 2012, blocking the whole world would require a /4 range.
5018 */
5019 $wgBlockCIDRLimit = [
5020 'IPv4' => 16, # Blocks larger than a /16 (64k addresses) will not be allowed
5021 'IPv6' => 19,
5022 ];
5023
5024 /**
5025 * If true, blocked users will not be allowed to login. When using this with
5026 * a public wiki, the effect of logging out blocked users may actually be
5027 * avers: unless the user's address is also blocked (e.g. auto-block),
5028 * logging the user out will again allow reading and editing, just as for
5029 * anonymous visitors.
5030 */
5031 $wgBlockDisablesLogin = false;
5032
5033 /**
5034 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of pages titles.
5035 *
5036 * @par Example:
5037 * @code
5038 * $wgWhitelistRead = array ( "Main Page", "Wikipedia:Help");
5039 * @endcode
5040 *
5041 * Special:Userlogin and Special:ChangePassword are always whitelisted.
5042 *
5043 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5044 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5045 *
5046 * @note Also that this will only protect _pages in the wiki_. Uploaded files
5047 * will remain readable. You can use img_auth.php to protect uploaded files,
5048 * see https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:Image_Authorization
5049 *
5050 * @note Extensions should not modify this, but use the TitleReadWhitelist
5051 * hook instead.
5052 */
5053 $wgWhitelistRead = false;
5054
5055 /**
5056 * Pages anonymous user may see, set as an array of regular expressions.
5057 *
5058 * This function will match the regexp against the title name, which
5059 * is without underscore.
5060 *
5061 * @par Example:
5062 * To whitelist [[Main Page]]:
5063 * @code
5064 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "/Main Page/" ];
5065 * @endcode
5066 *
5067 * @note Unless ^ and/or $ is specified, a regular expression might match
5068 * pages not intended to be whitelisted. The above example will also
5069 * whitelist a page named 'Security Main Page'.
5070 *
5071 * @par Example:
5072 * To allow reading any page starting with 'User' regardless of the case:
5073 * @code
5074 * $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = [ "@^UsEr.*@i" ];
5075 * @endcode
5076 * Will allow both [[User is banned]] and [[User:JohnDoe]]
5077 *
5078 * @note This will only work if $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] is false --
5079 * see below. Otherwise, ALL pages are accessible, regardless of this setting.
5080 */
5081 $wgWhitelistReadRegexp = false;
5082
5083 /**
5084 * Should editors be required to have a validated e-mail
5085 * address before being allowed to edit?
5086 */
5087 $wgEmailConfirmToEdit = false;
5088
5089 /**
5090 * Should MediaWiki attempt to protect user's privacy when doing redirects?
5091 * Keep this true if access counts to articles are made public.
5092 */
5093 $wgHideIdentifiableRedirects = true;
5094
5095 /**
5096 * Permission keys given to users in each group.
5097 *
5098 * This is an array where the keys are all groups and each value is an
5099 * array of the format (right => boolean).
5100 *
5101 * The second format is used to support per-namespace permissions.
5102 * Note that this feature does not fully work for all permission types.
5103 *
5104 * All users are implicitly in the '*' group including anonymous visitors;
5105 * logged-in users are all implicitly in the 'user' group. These will be
5106 * combined with the permissions of all groups that a given user is listed
5107 * in in the user_groups table.
5108 *
5109 * Note: Don't set $wgGroupPermissions = []; unless you know what you're
5110 * doing! This will wipe all permissions, and may mean that your users are
5111 * unable to perform certain essential tasks or access new functionality
5112 * when new permissions are introduced and default grants established.
5113 *
5114 * Functionality to make pages inaccessible has not been extensively tested
5115 * for security. Use at your own risk!
5116 *
5117 * This replaces $wgWhitelistAccount and $wgWhitelistEdit
5118 */
5119 $wgGroupPermissions = [];
5120
5121 /** @cond file_level_code */
5122 // Implicit group for all visitors
5123 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createaccount'] = true;
5124 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['read'] = true;
5125 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['edit'] = true;
5126 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createpage'] = true;
5127 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['createtalk'] = true;
5128 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['writeapi'] = true;
5129 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5130 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5131 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5132 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5133 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5134 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5135 $wgGroupPermissions['*']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5136 # $wgGroupPermissions['*']['patrolmarks'] = false; // let anons see what was patrolled
5137
5138 // Implicit group for all logged-in accounts
5139 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move'] = true;
5140 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-subpages'] = true;
5141 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-rootuserpages'] = true; // can move root userpages
5142 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5143 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['movefile'] = true;
5144 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['read'] = true;
5145 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['edit'] = true;
5146 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createpage'] = true;
5147 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['createtalk'] = true;
5148 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['writeapi'] = true;
5149 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['upload'] = true;
5150 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload'] = true;
5151 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5152 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['minoredit'] = true;
5153 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['purge'] = true;
5154 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['sendemail'] = true;
5155 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['applychangetags'] = true;
5156 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['changetags'] = true;
5157 $wgGroupPermissions['user']['editcontentmodel'] = true;
5158
5159 // Implicit group for accounts that pass $wgAutoConfirmAge
5160 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5161 $wgGroupPermissions['autoconfirmed']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5162
5163 // Users with bot privilege can have their edits hidden
5164 // from various log pages by default
5165 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['bot'] = true;
5166 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5167 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5168 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5169 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['autopatrol'] = true;
5170 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5171 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5172 $wgGroupPermissions['bot']['writeapi'] = true;
5173
5174 // Most extra permission abilities go to this group
5175 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['block'] = true;
5176 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['createaccount'] = true;
5177 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['delete'] = true;
5178 // can be separately configured for pages with > $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit revs
5179 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['bigdelete'] = true;
5180 // can view deleted history entries, but not see or restore the text
5181 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5182 // can view deleted revision text
5183 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletedtext'] = true;
5184 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['undelete'] = true;
5185 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editinterface'] = true;
5186 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editusercss'] = true;
5187 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['edituserjs'] = true;
5188 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['import'] = true;
5189 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['importupload'] = true;
5190 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move'] = true;
5191 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-subpages'] = true;
5192 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5193 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5194 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['patrol'] = true;
5195 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autopatrol'] = true;
5196 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['protect'] = true;
5197 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editprotected'] = true;
5198 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['rollback'] = true;
5199 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload'] = true;
5200 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload'] = true;
5201 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5202 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unwatchedpages'] = true;
5203 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5204 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5205 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5206 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['blockemail'] = true;
5207 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['markbotedits'] = true;
5208 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5209 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['browsearchive'] = true;
5210 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['noratelimit'] = true;
5211 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['movefile'] = true;
5212 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['unblockself'] = true;
5213 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5214 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['pagelang'] = true;
5215 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5216 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['mergehistory'] = true;
5217 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['managechangetags'] = true;
5218 $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletechangetags'] = true;
5219
5220 // Permission to change users' group assignments
5221 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights'] = true;
5222 $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['noratelimit'] = true;
5223 // Permission to change users' groups assignments across wikis
5224 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['userrights-interwiki'] = true;
5225 // Permission to export pages including linked pages regardless of $wgExportMaxLinkDepth
5226 # $wgGroupPermissions['bureaucrat']['override-export-depth'] = true;
5227
5228 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5229 # $wgGroupPermissions['sysop']['deleterevision'] = true;
5230 // To hide usernames from users and Sysops
5231 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['hideuser'] = true;
5232 // To hide revisions/log items from users and Sysops
5233 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressrevision'] = true;
5234 // To view revisions/log items hidden from users and Sysops
5235 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['viewsuppressed'] = true;
5236 // For private suppression log access
5237 # $wgGroupPermissions['suppress']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5238
5239 /**
5240 * The developer group is deprecated, but can be activated if need be
5241 * to use the 'lockdb' and 'unlockdb' special pages. Those require
5242 * that a lock file be defined and creatable/removable by the web
5243 * server.
5244 */
5245 # $wgGroupPermissions['developer']['siteadmin'] = true;
5246
5247 /** @endcond */
5248
5249 /**
5250 * Permission keys revoked from users in each group.
5251 *
5252 * This acts the same way as wgGroupPermissions above, except that
5253 * if the user is in a group here, the permission will be removed from them.
5254 *
5255 * Improperly setting this could mean that your users will be unable to perform
5256 * certain essential tasks, so use at your own risk!
5257 */
5258 $wgRevokePermissions = [];
5259
5260 /**
5261 * Implicit groups, aren't shown on Special:Listusers or somewhere else
5262 */
5263 $wgImplicitGroups = [ '*', 'user', 'autoconfirmed' ];
5264
5265 /**
5266 * A map of group names that the user is in, to group names that those users
5267 * are allowed to add or revoke.
5268 *
5269 * Setting the list of groups to add or revoke to true is equivalent to "any
5270 * group".
5271 *
5272 * @par Example:
5273 * To allow sysops to add themselves to the "bot" group:
5274 * @code
5275 * $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [ 'sysop' => [ 'bot' ] ];
5276 * @endcode
5277 *
5278 * @par Example:
5279 * Implicit groups may be used for the source group, for instance:
5280 * @code
5281 * $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [ '*' => true ];
5282 * @endcode
5283 * This allows users in the '*' group (i.e. any user) to remove themselves from
5284 * any group that they happen to be in.
5285 */
5286 $wgGroupsAddToSelf = [];
5287
5288 /**
5289 * @see $wgGroupsAddToSelf
5290 */
5291 $wgGroupsRemoveFromSelf = [];
5292
5293 /**
5294 * Set of available actions that can be restricted via action=protect
5295 * You probably shouldn't change this.
5296 * Translated through restriction-* messages.
5297 * Title::getRestrictionTypes() will remove restrictions that are not
5298 * applicable to a specific title (create and upload)
5299 */
5300 $wgRestrictionTypes = [ 'create', 'edit', 'move', 'upload' ];
5301
5302 /**
5303 * Rights which can be required for each protection level (via action=protect)
5304 *
5305 * You can add a new protection level that requires a specific
5306 * permission by manipulating this array. The ordering of elements
5307 * dictates the order on the protection form's lists.
5308 *
5309 * - '' will be ignored (i.e. unprotected)
5310 * - 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility
5311 * - 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility
5312 */
5313 $wgRestrictionLevels = [ '', 'autoconfirmed', 'sysop' ];
5314
5315 /**
5316 * Restriction levels that can be used with cascading protection
5317 *
5318 * A page can only be protected with cascading protection if the
5319 * requested restriction level is included in this array.
5320 *
5321 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5322 * 'sysop' is quietly rewritten to 'editprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5323 */
5324 $wgCascadingRestrictionLevels = [ 'sysop' ];
5325
5326 /**
5327 * Restriction levels that should be considered "semiprotected"
5328 *
5329 * Certain places in the interface recognize a dichotomy between "protected"
5330 * and "semiprotected", without further distinguishing the specific levels. In
5331 * general, if anyone can be eligible to edit a protection level merely by
5332 * reaching some condition in $wgAutopromote, it should probably be considered
5333 * "semiprotected".
5334 *
5335 * 'autoconfirmed' is quietly rewritten to 'editsemiprotected' for backwards compatibility.
5336 * 'sysop' is not changed, since it really shouldn't be here.
5337 */
5338 $wgSemiprotectedRestrictionLevels = [ 'autoconfirmed' ];
5339
5340 /**
5341 * Set the minimum permissions required to edit pages in each
5342 * namespace. If you list more than one permission, a user must
5343 * have all of them to edit pages in that namespace.
5344 *
5345 * @note NS_MEDIAWIKI is implicitly restricted to 'editinterface'.
5346 */
5347 $wgNamespaceProtection = [];
5348
5349 /**
5350 * Pages in namespaces in this array can not be used as templates.
5351 *
5352 * Elements MUST be numeric namespace ids, you can safely use the MediaWiki
5353 * namespaces constants (NS_USER, NS_MAIN...).
5354 *
5355 * Among other things, this may be useful to enforce read-restrictions
5356 * which may otherwise be bypassed by using the template mechanism.
5357 */
5358 $wgNonincludableNamespaces = [];
5359
5360 /**
5361 * Number of seconds an account is required to age before it's given the
5362 * implicit 'autoconfirm' group membership. This can be used to limit
5363 * privileges of new accounts.
5364 *
5365 * Accounts created by earlier versions of the software may not have a
5366 * recorded creation date, and will always be considered to pass the age test.
5367 *
5368 * When left at 0, all registered accounts will pass.
5369 *
5370 * @par Example:
5371 * Set automatic confirmation to 10 minutes (which is 600 seconds):
5372 * @code
5373 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 600; // ten minutes
5374 * @endcode
5375 * Set age to one day:
5376 * @code
5377 * $wgAutoConfirmAge = 3600*24; // one day
5378 * @endcode
5379 */
5380 $wgAutoConfirmAge = 0;
5381
5382 /**
5383 * Number of edits an account requires before it is autoconfirmed.
5384 * Passing both this AND the time requirement is needed. Example:
5385 *
5386 * @par Example:
5387 * @code
5388 * $wgAutoConfirmCount = 50;
5389 * @endcode
5390 */
5391 $wgAutoConfirmCount = 0;
5392
5393 /**
5394 * Array containing the conditions of automatic promotion of a user to specific groups.
5395 *
5396 * The basic syntax for `$wgAutopromote` is:
5397 *
5398 * $wgAutopromote = array(
5399 * 'groupname' => cond,
5400 * 'group2' => cond2,
5401 * );
5402 *
5403 * A `cond` may be:
5404 * - a single condition without arguments:
5405 * Note that Autopromote wraps a single non-array value into an array
5406 * e.g. `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` OR
5407 * array( `APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED` )
5408 * - a single condition with arguments:
5409 * e.g. `array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, 100 )`
5410 * - a set of conditions:
5411 * e.g. `array( 'operand', cond1, cond2, ... )`
5412 *
5413 * When constructing a set of conditions, the following conditions are available:
5414 * - `&` (**AND**):
5415 * promote if user matches **ALL** conditions
5416 * - `|` (**OR**):
5417 * promote if user matches **ANY** condition
5418 * - `^` (**XOR**):
5419 * promote if user matches **ONLY ONE OF THE CONDITIONS**
5420 * - `!` (**NOT**):
5421 * promote if user matces **NO** condition
5422 * - array( APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED ):
5423 * true if user has a confirmed e-mail
5424 * - array( APCOND_EDITCOUNT, number of edits ):
5425 * true if user has the at least the number of edits as the passed parameter
5426 * - array( APCOND_AGE, seconds since registration ):
5427 * true if the length of time since the user created his/her account
5428 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5429 * - array( APCOND_AGE_FROM_EDIT, seconds since first edit ):
5430 * true if the length of time since the user made his/her first edit
5431 * is at least the same length of time as the passed parameter
5432 * - array( APCOND_INGROUPS, group1, group2, ... ):
5433 * true if the user is a member of each of the passed groups
5434 * - array( APCOND_ISIP, ip ):
5435 * true if the user has the passed IP address
5436 * - array( APCOND_IPINRANGE, range ):
5437 * true if the user has an IP address in the range of the passed parameter
5438 * - array( APCOND_BLOCKED ):
5439 * true if the user is blocked
5440 * - array( APCOND_ISBOT ):
5441 * true if the user is a bot
5442 * - similar constructs can be defined by extensions
5443 *
5444 * The sets of conditions are evaluated recursively, so you can use nested sets of conditions
5445 * linked by operands.
5446 *
5447 * Note that if $wgEmailAuthentication is disabled, APCOND_EMAILCONFIRMED will be true for any
5448 * user who has provided an e-mail address.
5449 */
5450 $wgAutopromote = [
5451 'autoconfirmed' => [ '&',
5452 [ APCOND_EDITCOUNT, &$wgAutoConfirmCount ],
5453 [ APCOND_AGE, &$wgAutoConfirmAge ],
5454 ],
5455 ];
5456
5457 /**
5458 * Automatically add a usergroup to any user who matches certain conditions.
5459 *
5460 * Does not add the user to the group again if it has been removed.
5461 * Also, does not remove the group if the user no longer meets the criteria.
5462 *
5463 * The format is:
5464 * @code
5465 * [ event => criteria, ... ]
5466 * @endcode
5467 * Where event is either:
5468 * - 'onEdit' (when user edits)
5469 *
5470 * Criteria has the same format as $wgAutopromote
5471 *
5472 * @see $wgAutopromote
5473 * @since 1.18
5474 */
5475 $wgAutopromoteOnce = [
5476 'onEdit' => [],
5477 ];
5478
5479 /**
5480 * Put user rights log entries for autopromotion in recent changes?
5481 * @since 1.18
5482 */
5483 $wgAutopromoteOnceLogInRC = true;
5484
5485 /**
5486 * $wgAddGroups and $wgRemoveGroups can be used to give finer control over who
5487 * can assign which groups at Special:Userrights.
5488 *
5489 * @par Example:
5490 * Bureaucrats can add any group:
5491 * @code
5492 * $wgAddGroups['bureaucrat'] = true;
5493 * @endcode
5494 * Bureaucrats can only remove bots and sysops:
5495 * @code
5496 * $wgRemoveGroups['bureaucrat'] = [ 'bot', 'sysop' ];
5497 * @endcode
5498 * Sysops can make bots:
5499 * @code
5500 * $wgAddGroups['sysop'] = [ 'bot' ];
5501 * @endcode
5502 * Sysops can disable other sysops in an emergency, and disable bots:
5503 * @code
5504 * $wgRemoveGroups['sysop'] = [ 'sysop', 'bot' ];
5505 * @endcode
5506 */
5507 $wgAddGroups = [];
5508
5509 /**
5510 * @see $wgAddGroups
5511 */
5512 $wgRemoveGroups = [];
5513
5514 /**
5515 * A list of available rights, in addition to the ones defined by the core.
5516 * For extensions only.
5517 */
5518 $wgAvailableRights = [];
5519
5520 /**
5521 * Optional to restrict deletion of pages with higher revision counts
5522 * to users with the 'bigdelete' permission. (Default given to sysops.)
5523 */
5524 $wgDeleteRevisionsLimit = 0;
5525
5526 /**
5527 * The maximum number of edits a user can have and
5528 * can still be hidden by users with the hideuser permission.
5529 * This is limited for performance reason.
5530 * Set to false to disable the limit.
5531 * @since 1.23
5532 */
5533 $wgHideUserContribLimit = 1000;
5534
5535 /**
5536 * Number of accounts each IP address may create per specified period(s).
5537 *
5538 * @par Example:
5539 * @code
5540 * $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [
5541 * // no more than 100 per month
5542 * [
5543 * 'count' => 100,
5544 * 'seconds' => 30*86400,
5545 * ],
5546 * // no more than 10 per day
5547 * [
5548 * 'count' => 10,
5549 * 'seconds' => 86400,
5550 * ],
5551 * ];
5552 * @endcode
5553 *
5554 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5555 */
5556 $wgAccountCreationThrottle = [ [
5557 'count' => 0,
5558 'seconds' => 86400,
5559 ] ];
5560
5561 /**
5562 * Edits matching these regular expressions in body text
5563 * will be recognised as spam and rejected automatically.
5564 *
5565 * There's no administrator override on-wiki, so be careful what you set. :)
5566 * May be an array of regexes or a single string for backwards compatibility.
5567 *
5568 * @see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression
5569 *
5570 * @note Each regex needs a beginning/end delimiter, eg: # or /
5571 */
5572 $wgSpamRegex = [];
5573
5574 /**
5575 * Same as the above except for edit summaries
5576 */
5577 $wgSummarySpamRegex = [];
5578
5579 /**
5580 * Whether to use DNS blacklists in $wgDnsBlacklistUrls to check for open
5581 * proxies
5582 * @since 1.16
5583 */
5584 $wgEnableDnsBlacklist = false;
5585
5586 /**
5587 * List of DNS blacklists to use, if $wgEnableDnsBlacklist is true.
5588 *
5589 * This is an array of either a URL or an array with the URL and a key (should
5590 * the blacklist require a key).
5591 *
5592 * @par Example:
5593 * @code
5594 * $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [
5595 * // String containing URL
5596 * 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.',
5597 * // Array with URL and key, for services that require a key
5598 * [ 'dnsbl.httpbl.net.', 'mykey' ],
5599 * // Array with just the URL. While this works, it is recommended that you
5600 * // just use a string as shown above
5601 * [ 'opm.tornevall.org.' ]
5602 * ];
5603 * @endcode
5604 *
5605 * @note You should end the domain name with a . to avoid searching your
5606 * eventual domain search suffixes.
5607 * @since 1.16
5608 */
5609 $wgDnsBlacklistUrls = [ 'http.dnsbl.sorbs.net.' ];
5610
5611 /**
5612 * Proxy whitelist, list of addresses that are assumed to be non-proxy despite
5613 * what the other methods might say.
5614 */
5615 $wgProxyWhitelist = [];
5616
5617 /**
5618 * IP ranges that should be considered soft-blocked (anon-only, account
5619 * creation allowed). The intent is to use this to prevent anonymous edits from
5620 * shared resources such as Wikimedia Labs.
5621 * @since 1.29
5622 * @var string[]
5623 */
5624 $wgSoftBlockRanges = [];
5625
5626 /**
5627 * Whether to look at the X-Forwarded-For header's list of (potentially spoofed)
5628 * IPs and apply IP blocks to them. This allows for IP blocks to work with correctly-configured
5629 * (transparent) proxies without needing to block the proxies themselves.
5630 */
5631 $wgApplyIpBlocksToXff = false;
5632
5633 /**
5634 * Simple rate limiter options to brake edit floods.
5635 *
5636 * Maximum number actions allowed in the given number of seconds; after that
5637 * the violating client receives HTTP 500 error pages until the period
5638 * elapses.
5639 *
5640 * @par Example:
5641 * Limits per configured per action and then type of users.
5642 * @code
5643 * $wgRateLimits = [
5644 * 'edit' => [
5645 * 'anon' => [ x, y ], // any and all anonymous edits (aggregate)
5646 * 'user' => [ x, y ], // each logged-in user
5647 * 'newbie' => [ x, y ], // each new autoconfirmed accounts; overrides 'user'
5648 * 'ip' => [ x, y ], // each anon and recent account
5649 * 'subnet' => [ x, y ], // ... within a /24 subnet in IPv4 or /64 in IPv6
5650 * 'groupName' => [ x, y ], // by group membership
5651 * ]
5652 * ];
5653 * @endcode
5654 *
5655 * @par Normally, the 'noratelimit' right allows a user to bypass any rate
5656 * limit checks. This can be disabled on a per-action basis by setting the
5657 * special '&can-bypass' key to false in that action's configuration.
5658 * @code
5659 * $wgRateLimits = [
5660 * 'some-action' => [
5661 * '&can-bypass' => false,
5662 * 'user' => [ x, y ],
5663 * ];
5664 * @endcode
5665 *
5666 * @warning Requires that $wgMainCacheType is set to something persistent
5667 */
5668 $wgRateLimits = [
5669 // Page edits
5670 'edit' => [
5671 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5672 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5673 ],
5674 // Page moves
5675 'move' => [
5676 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5677 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5678 ],
5679 // File uploads
5680 'upload' => [
5681 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5682 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5683 ],
5684 // Page rollbacks
5685 'rollback' => [
5686 'user' => [ 10, 60 ],
5687 'newbie' => [ 5, 120 ]
5688 ],
5689 // Triggering password resets emails
5690 'mailpassword' => [
5691 'ip' => [ 5, 3600 ],
5692 ],
5693 // Emailing other users using MediaWiki
5694 'emailuser' => [
5695 'ip' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5696 'newbie' => [ 5, 86400 ],
5697 'user' => [ 20, 86400 ],
5698 ],
5699 // Purging pages
5700 'purge' => [
5701 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5702 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5703 ],
5704 // Purges of link tables
5705 'linkpurge' => [
5706 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5707 'user' => [ 30, 60 ],
5708 ],
5709 // Files rendered via thumb.php or thumb_handler.php
5710 'renderfile' => [
5711 'ip' => [ 700, 30 ],
5712 'user' => [ 700, 30 ],
5713 ],
5714 // Same as above but for non-standard thumbnails
5715 'renderfile-nonstandard' => [
5716 'ip' => [ 70, 30 ],
5717 'user' => [ 70, 30 ],
5718 ],
5719 // Stashing edits into cache before save
5720 'stashedit' => [
5721 'ip' => [ 30, 60 ],
5722 'newbie' => [ 30, 60 ],
5723 ],
5724 // Adding or removing change tags
5725 'changetag' => [
5726 'ip' => [ 8, 60 ],
5727 'newbie' => [ 8, 60 ],
5728 ],
5729 // Changing the content model of a page
5730 'editcontentmodel' => [
5731 'newbie' => [ 2, 120 ],
5732 'user' => [ 8, 60 ],
5733 ],
5734 ];
5735
5736 /**
5737 * Array of IPs / CIDR ranges which should be excluded from rate limits.
5738 * This may be useful for whitelisting NAT gateways for conferences, etc.
5739 */
5740 $wgRateLimitsExcludedIPs = [];
5741
5742 /**
5743 * Log IP addresses in the recentchanges table; can be accessed only by
5744 * extensions (e.g. CheckUser) or a DB admin
5745 * Used for retroactive autoblocks
5746 */
5747 $wgPutIPinRC = true;
5748
5749 /**
5750 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
5751 * special pages which are query-pages such as Special:Whatlinkshere.
5752 */
5753 $wgQueryPageDefaultLimit = 50;
5754
5755 /**
5756 * Limit password attempts to X attempts per Y seconds per IP per account.
5757 *
5758 * Value is an array of arrays. Each sub-array must have a key for count
5759 * (ie count of how many attempts before throttle) and a key for seconds.
5760 * If the key 'allIPs' (case sensitive) is present, then the limit is
5761 * just per account instead of per IP per account.
5762 *
5763 * @since 1.27 allIps support and multiple limits added in 1.27. Prior
5764 * to 1.27 this only supported having a single throttle.
5765 * @warning Requires $wgMainCacheType to be enabled
5766 */
5767 $wgPasswordAttemptThrottle = [
5768 // Short term limit
5769 [ 'count' => 5, 'seconds' => 300 ],
5770 // Long term limit. We need to balance the risk
5771 // of somebody using this as a DoS attack to lock someone
5772 // out of their account, and someone doing a brute force attack.
5773 [ 'count' => 150, 'seconds' => 60 * 60 * 48 ],
5774 ];
5775
5776 /**
5777 * @var Array Map of (grant => right => boolean)
5778 * Users authorize consumers (like Apps) to act on their behalf but only with
5779 * a subset of the user's normal account rights (signed off on by the user).
5780 * The possible rights to grant to a consumer are bundled into groups called
5781 * "grants". Each grant defines some rights it lets consumers inherit from the
5782 * account they may act on behalf of. Note that a user granting a right does
5783 * nothing if that user does not actually have that right to begin with.
5784 * @since 1.27
5785 */
5786 $wgGrantPermissions = [];
5787
5788 // @TODO: clean up grants
5789 // @TODO: auto-include read/editsemiprotected rights?
5790
5791 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autoconfirmed'] = true;
5792 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['autopatrol'] = true;
5793 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['editsemiprotected'] = true;
5794 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['ipblock-exempt'] = true;
5795 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['nominornewtalk'] = true;
5796 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['patrolmarks'] = true;
5797 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['purge'] = true;
5798 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['read'] = true;
5799 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['skipcaptcha'] = true;
5800 $wgGrantPermissions['basic']['writeapi'] = true;
5801
5802 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['bot'] = true;
5803 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['apihighlimits'] = true;
5804 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['noratelimit'] = true;
5805 $wgGrantPermissions['highvolume']['markbotedits'] = true;
5806
5807 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['edit'] = true;
5808 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['minoredit'] = true;
5809 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['applychangetags'] = true;
5810 $wgGrantPermissions['editpage']['changetags'] = true;
5811
5812 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5813 $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected']['editprotected'] = true;
5814
5815 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5816 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyusercss'] = true;
5817 $wgGrantPermissions['editmycssjs']['editmyuserjs'] = true;
5818
5819 $wgGrantPermissions['editmyoptions']['editmyoptions'] = true;
5820
5821 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5822 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editinterface'] = true;
5823 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['editusercss'] = true;
5824 $wgGrantPermissions['editinterface']['edituserjs'] = true;
5825
5826 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'];
5827 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createpage'] = true;
5828 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['createtalk'] = true;
5829 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move'] = true;
5830 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-rootuserpages'] = true;
5831 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-subpages'] = true;
5832 $wgGrantPermissions['createeditmovepage']['move-categorypages'] = true;
5833
5834 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['upload'] = true;
5835 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile']['reupload-own'] = true;
5836
5837 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile'] = $wgGrantPermissions['uploadfile'];
5838 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload'] = true;
5839 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['reupload-shared'] = true;
5840 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['upload_by_url'] = true;
5841 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['movefile'] = true;
5842 $wgGrantPermissions['uploadeditmovefile']['suppressredirect'] = true;
5843
5844 $wgGrantPermissions['patrol']['patrol'] = true;
5845
5846 $wgGrantPermissions['rollback']['rollback'] = true;
5847
5848 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['block'] = true;
5849 $wgGrantPermissions['blockusers']['blockemail'] = true;
5850
5851 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['browsearchive'] = true;
5852 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedhistory'] = true;
5853 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted']['deletedtext'] = true;
5854
5855 $wgGrantPermissions['viewrestrictedlogs']['suppressionlog'] = true;
5856
5857 $wgGrantPermissions['delete'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editpage'] +
5858 $wgGrantPermissions['viewdeleted'];
5859 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['delete'] = true;
5860 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['bigdelete'] = true;
5861 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deletelogentry'] = true;
5862 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['deleterevision'] = true;
5863 $wgGrantPermissions['delete']['undelete'] = true;
5864
5865 $wgGrantPermissions['protect'] = $wgGrantPermissions['editprotected'];
5866 $wgGrantPermissions['protect']['protect'] = true;
5867
5868 $wgGrantPermissions['viewmywatchlist']['viewmywatchlist'] = true;
5869
5870 $wgGrantPermissions['editmywatchlist']['editmywatchlist'] = true;
5871
5872 $wgGrantPermissions['sendemail']['sendemail'] = true;
5873
5874 $wgGrantPermissions['createaccount']['createaccount'] = true;
5875
5876 $wgGrantPermissions['privateinfo']['viewmyprivateinfo'] = true;
5877
5878 /**
5879 * @var Array Map of grants to their UI grouping
5880 * @since 1.27
5881 */
5882 $wgGrantPermissionGroups = [
5883 // Hidden grants are implicitly present
5884 'basic' => 'hidden',
5885
5886 'editpage' => 'page-interaction',
5887 'createeditmovepage' => 'page-interaction',
5888 'editprotected' => 'page-interaction',
5889 'patrol' => 'page-interaction',
5890
5891 'uploadfile' => 'file-interaction',
5892 'uploadeditmovefile' => 'file-interaction',
5893
5894 'sendemail' => 'email',
5895
5896 'viewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5897 'editviewmywatchlist' => 'watchlist-interaction',
5898
5899 'editmycssjs' => 'customization',
5900 'editmyoptions' => 'customization',
5901
5902 'editinterface' => 'administration',
5903 'rollback' => 'administration',
5904 'blockusers' => 'administration',
5905 'delete' => 'administration',
5906 'viewdeleted' => 'administration',
5907 'viewrestrictedlogs' => 'administration',
5908 'protect' => 'administration',
5909 'createaccount' => 'administration',
5910
5911 'highvolume' => 'high-volume',
5912
5913 'privateinfo' => 'private-information',
5914 ];
5915
5916 /**
5917 * @var bool Whether to enable bot passwords
5918 * @since 1.27
5919 */
5920 $wgEnableBotPasswords = true;
5921
5922 /**
5923 * Cluster for the bot_passwords table
5924 * @var string|bool If false, the normal cluster will be used
5925 * @since 1.27
5926 */
5927 $wgBotPasswordsCluster = false;
5928
5929 /**
5930 * Database name for the bot_passwords table
5931 *
5932 * To use a database with a table prefix, set this variable to
5933 * "{$database}-{$prefix}".
5934 * @var string|bool If false, the normal database will be used
5935 * @since 1.27
5936 */
5937 $wgBotPasswordsDatabase = false;
5938
5939 /** @} */ # end of user rights settings
5940
5941 /************************************************************************//**
5942 * @name Proxy scanner settings
5943 * @{
5944 */
5945
5946 /**
5947 * This should always be customised in LocalSettings.php
5948 */
5949 $wgSecretKey = false;
5950
5951 /**
5952 * Big list of banned IP addresses.
5953 *
5954 * This can have the following formats:
5955 * - An array of addresses, either in the values
5956 * or the keys (for backward compatibility, deprecated since 1.30)
5957 * - A string, in that case this is the path to a file
5958 * containing the list of IP addresses, one per line
5959 */
5960 $wgProxyList = [];
5961
5962 /** @} */ # end of proxy scanner settings
5963
5964 /************************************************************************//**
5965 * @name Cookie settings
5966 * @{
5967 */
5968
5969 /**
5970 * Default cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting to 0 makes all cookies session-only.
5971 */
5972 $wgCookieExpiration = 30 * 86400;
5973
5974 /**
5975 * Default login cookie lifetime, in seconds. Setting
5976 * $wgExtendLoginCookieExpiration to null will use $wgCookieExpiration to
5977 * calculate the cookie lifetime. As with $wgCookieExpiration, 0 will make
5978 * login cookies session-only.
5979 */
5980 $wgExtendedLoginCookieExpiration = 180 * 86400;
5981
5982 /**
5983 * Set to set an explicit domain on the login cookies eg, "justthis.domain.org"
5984 * or ".any.subdomain.net"
5985 */
5986 $wgCookieDomain = '';
5987
5988 /**
5989 * Set this variable if you want to restrict cookies to a certain path within
5990 * the domain specified by $wgCookieDomain.
5991 */
5992 $wgCookiePath = '/';
5993
5994 /**
5995 * Whether the "secure" flag should be set on the cookie. This can be:
5996 * - true: Set secure flag
5997 * - false: Don't set secure flag
5998 * - "detect": Set the secure flag if $wgServer is set to an HTTPS URL
5999 */
6000 $wgCookieSecure = 'detect';
6001
6002 /**
6003 * By default, MediaWiki checks if the client supports cookies during the
6004 * login process, so that it can display an informative error message if
6005 * cookies are disabled. Set this to true if you want to disable this cookie
6006 * check.
6007 */
6008 $wgDisableCookieCheck = false;
6009
6010 /**
6011 * Cookies generated by MediaWiki have names starting with this prefix. Set it
6012 * to a string to use a custom prefix. Setting it to false causes the database
6013 * name to be used as a prefix.
6014 */
6015 $wgCookiePrefix = false;
6016
6017 /**
6018 * Set authentication cookies to HttpOnly to prevent access by JavaScript,
6019 * in browsers that support this feature. This can mitigates some classes of
6020 * XSS attack.
6021 */
6022 $wgCookieHttpOnly = true;
6023
6024 /**
6025 * A list of cookies that vary the cache (for use by extensions)
6026 */
6027 $wgCacheVaryCookies = [];
6028
6029 /**
6030 * Override to customise the session name
6031 */
6032 $wgSessionName = false;
6033
6034 /**
6035 * Whether to set a cookie when a user is autoblocked. Doing so means that a blocked user, even
6036 * after logging out and moving to a new IP address, will still be blocked. This cookie will contain
6037 * an authentication code if $wgSecretKey is set, or otherwise will just be the block ID (in
6038 * which case there is a possibility of an attacker discovering the names of revdeleted users, so
6039 * it is best to use this in conjunction with $wgSecretKey being set).
6040 */
6041 $wgCookieSetOnAutoblock = false;
6042
6043 /** @} */ # end of cookie settings }
6044
6045 /************************************************************************//**
6046 * @name LaTeX (mathematical formulas)
6047 * @{
6048 */
6049
6050 /**
6051 * To use inline TeX, you need to compile 'texvc' (in the 'math' subdirectory of
6052 * the MediaWiki package and have latex, dvips, gs (ghostscript), andconvert
6053 * (ImageMagick) installed and available in the PATH.
6054 * Please see math/README for more information.
6055 */
6056 $wgUseTeX = false;
6057
6058 /** @} */ # end LaTeX }
6059
6060 /************************************************************************//**
6061 * @name Profiling, testing and debugging
6062 *
6063 * To enable profiling, edit StartProfiler.php
6064 *
6065 * @{
6066 */
6067
6068 /**
6069 * Filename for debug logging. See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/How_to_debug
6070 * The debug log file should be not be publicly accessible if it is used, as it
6071 * may contain private data.
6072 */
6073 $wgDebugLogFile = '';
6074
6075 /**
6076 * Prefix for debug log lines
6077 */
6078 $wgDebugLogPrefix = '';
6079
6080 /**
6081 * If true, instead of redirecting, show a page with a link to the redirect
6082 * destination. This allows for the inspection of PHP error messages, and easy
6083 * resubmission of form data. For developer use only.
6084 */
6085 $wgDebugRedirects = false;
6086
6087 /**
6088 * If true, log debugging data from action=raw and load.php.
6089 * This is normally false to avoid overlapping debug entries due to gen=css
6090 * and gen=js requests.
6091 */
6092 $wgDebugRawPage = false;
6093
6094 /**
6095 * Send debug data to an HTML comment in the output.
6096 *
6097 * This may occasionally be useful when supporting a non-technical end-user.
6098 * It's more secure than exposing the debug log file to the web, since the
6099 * output only contains private data for the current user. But it's not ideal
6100 * for development use since data is lost on fatal errors and redirects.
6101 */
6102 $wgDebugComments = false;
6103
6104 /**
6105 * Write SQL queries to the debug log.
6106 *
6107 * This setting is only used $wgLBFactoryConf['class'] is set to
6108 * 'LBFactorySimple' and $wgDBservers is an empty array; otherwise
6109 * the DBO_DEBUG flag must be set in the 'flags' option of the database
6110 * connection to achieve the same functionality.
6111 */
6112 $wgDebugDumpSql = false;
6113
6114 /**
6115 * Performance expectations for DB usage
6116 *
6117 * @since 1.26
6118 */
6119 $wgTrxProfilerLimits = [
6120 // HTTP GET/HEAD requests.
6121 // Master queries should not happen on GET requests
6122 'GET' => [
6123 'masterConns' => 0,
6124 'writes' => 0,
6125 'readQueryTime' => 5
6126 ],
6127 // HTTP POST requests.
6128 // Master reads and writes will happen for a subset of these.
6129 'POST' => [
6130 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6131 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6132 'maxAffected' => 1000
6133 ],
6134 'POST-nonwrite' => [
6135 'masterConns' => 0,
6136 'writes' => 0,
6137 'readQueryTime' => 5
6138 ],
6139 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for GET requests
6140 'PostSend-GET' => [
6141 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6142 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6143 'maxAffected' => 1000,
6144 // Log master queries under the post-send entry point as they are discouraged
6145 'masterConns' => 0,
6146 'writes' => 0,
6147 ],
6148 // Deferred updates that run after HTTP response is sent for POST requests
6149 'PostSend-POST' => [
6150 'readQueryTime' => 5,
6151 'writeQueryTime' => 1,
6152 'maxAffected' => 1000
6153 ],
6154 // Background job runner
6155 'JobRunner' => [
6156 'readQueryTime' => 30,
6157 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6158 'maxAffected' => 500 // ballpark of $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery
6159 ],
6160 // Command-line scripts
6161 'Maintenance' => [
6162 'writeQueryTime' => 5,
6163 'maxAffected' => 1000
6164 ]
6165 ];
6166
6167 /**
6168 * Map of string log group names to log destinations.
6169 *
6170 * If set, wfDebugLog() output for that group will go to that file instead
6171 * of the regular $wgDebugLogFile. Useful for enabling selective logging
6172 * in production.
6173 *
6174 * Log destinations may be one of the following:
6175 * - false to completely remove from the output, including from $wgDebugLogFile.
6176 * - string values specifying a filename or URI.
6177 * - associative array with keys:
6178 * - 'destination' desired filename or URI.
6179 * - 'sample' an integer value, specifying a sampling factor (optional)
6180 * - 'level' A \Psr\Log\LogLevel constant, indicating the minimum level
6181 * to log (optional, since 1.25)
6182 *
6183 * @par Example:
6184 * @code
6185 * $wgDebugLogGroups['redis'] = '/var/log/mediawiki/redis.log';
6186 * @endcode
6187 *
6188 * @par Advanced example:
6189 * @code
6190 * $wgDebugLogGroups['memcached'] = [
6191 * 'destination' => '/var/log/mediawiki/memcached.log',
6192 * 'sample' => 1000, // log 1 message out of every 1,000.
6193 * 'level' => \Psr\Log\LogLevel::WARNING
6194 * ];
6195 * @endcode
6196 */
6197 $wgDebugLogGroups = [];
6198
6199 /**
6200 * Default service provider for creating Psr\Log\LoggerInterface instances.
6201 *
6202 * The value should be an array suitable for use with
6203 * ObjectFactory::getObjectFromSpec(). The created object is expected to
6204 * implement the MediaWiki\Logger\Spi interface. See ObjectFactory for additional
6205 * details.
6206 *
6207 * Alternately the MediaWiki\Logger\LoggerFactory::registerProvider method can
6208 * be called to inject an MediaWiki\Logger\Spi instance into the LoggerFactory
6209 * and bypass the use of this configuration variable entirely.
6210 *
6211 * @par To completely disable logging:
6212 * @code
6213 * $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [ 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\NullSpi' ];
6214 * @endcode
6215 *
6216 * @since 1.25
6217 * @var array $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi
6218 * @see MwLogger
6219 */
6220 $wgMWLoggerDefaultSpi = [
6221 'class' => '\\MediaWiki\\Logger\\LegacySpi',
6222 ];
6223
6224 /**
6225 * Display debug data at the bottom of the main content area.
6226 *
6227 * Useful for developers and technical users trying to working on a closed wiki.
6228 */
6229 $wgShowDebug = false;
6230
6231 /**
6232 * Prefix debug messages with relative timestamp. Very-poor man's profiler.
6233 * Since 1.19 also includes memory usage.
6234 */
6235 $wgDebugTimestamps = false;
6236
6237 /**
6238 * Print HTTP headers for every request in the debug information.
6239 */
6240 $wgDebugPrintHttpHeaders = true;
6241
6242 /**
6243 * Show the contents of $wgHooks in Special:Version
6244 */
6245 $wgSpecialVersionShowHooks = false;
6246
6247 /**
6248 * Whether to show "we're sorry, but there has been a database error" pages.
6249 * Displaying errors aids in debugging, but may display information useful
6250 * to an attacker.
6251 */
6252 $wgShowSQLErrors = false;
6253
6254 /**
6255 * If set to true, uncaught exceptions will print a complete stack trace
6256 * to output. This should only be used for debugging, as it may reveal
6257 * private information in function parameters due to PHP's backtrace
6258 * formatting.
6259 */
6260 $wgShowExceptionDetails = false;
6261
6262 /**
6263 * If true, show a backtrace for database errors
6264 *
6265 * @note This setting only applies when connection errors and query errors are
6266 * reported in the normal manner. $wgShowExceptionDetails applies in other cases,
6267 * including those in which an uncaught exception is thrown from within the
6268 * exception handler.
6269 */
6270 $wgShowDBErrorBacktrace = false;
6271
6272 /**
6273 * If true, send the exception backtrace to the error log
6274 */
6275 $wgLogExceptionBacktrace = true;
6276
6277 /**
6278 * Expose backend server host names through the API and various HTML comments
6279 */
6280 $wgShowHostnames = false;
6281
6282 /**
6283 * Override server hostname detection with a hardcoded value.
6284 * Should be a string, default false.
6285 * @since 1.20
6286 */
6287 $wgOverrideHostname = false;
6288
6289 /**
6290 * If set to true MediaWiki will throw notices for some possible error
6291 * conditions and for deprecated functions.
6292 */
6293 $wgDevelopmentWarnings = false;
6294
6295 /**
6296 * Release limitation to wfDeprecated warnings, if set to a release number
6297 * development warnings will not be generated for deprecations added in releases
6298 * after the limit.
6299 */
6300 $wgDeprecationReleaseLimit = false;
6301
6302 /**
6303 * Only record profiling info for pages that took longer than this
6304 * @deprecated since 1.25: set $wgProfiler['threshold'] instead.
6305 */
6306 $wgProfileLimit = 0.0;
6307
6308 /**
6309 * Don't put non-profiling info into log file
6310 *
6311 * @deprecated since 1.23, set the log file in
6312 * $wgDebugLogGroups['profileoutput'] instead.
6313 */
6314 $wgProfileOnly = false;
6315
6316 /**
6317 * Destination of statsd metrics.
6318 *
6319 * A host or host:port of a statsd server. Port defaults to 8125.
6320 *
6321 * If not set, statsd metrics will not be collected.
6322 *
6323 * @see wfLogProfilingData
6324 * @since 1.25
6325 */
6326 $wgStatsdServer = false;
6327
6328 /**
6329 * Prefix for metric names sent to $wgStatsdServer.
6330 *
6331 * @see MediaWikiServices::getStatsdDataFactory
6332 * @see BufferingStatsdDataFactory
6333 * @since 1.25
6334 */
6335 $wgStatsdMetricPrefix = 'MediaWiki';
6336
6337 /**
6338 * Sampling rate for statsd metrics as an associative array of patterns and rates.
6339 * Patterns are Unix shell patterns (e.g. 'MediaWiki.api.*').
6340 * Rates are sampling probabilities (e.g. 0.1 means 1 in 10 events are sampled).
6341 * @since 1.28
6342 */
6343 $wgStatsdSamplingRates = [];
6344
6345 /**
6346 * InfoAction retrieves a list of transclusion links (both to and from).
6347 * This number puts a limit on that query in the case of highly transcluded
6348 * templates.
6349 */
6350 $wgPageInfoTransclusionLimit = 50;
6351
6352 /**
6353 * Set this to an integer to only do synchronous site_stats updates
6354 * one every *this many* updates. The other requests go into pending
6355 * delta values in $wgMemc. Make sure that $wgMemc is a global cache.
6356 * If set to -1, updates *only* go to $wgMemc (useful for daemons).
6357 */
6358 $wgSiteStatsAsyncFactor = false;
6359
6360 /**
6361 * Parser test suite files to be run by parserTests.php when no specific
6362 * filename is passed to it.
6363 *
6364 * Extensions using extension.json will have any *.txt file in a
6365 * tests/parser/ directory automatically run.
6366 *
6367 * Core tests can be added to ParserTestRunner::$coreTestFiles.
6368 *
6369 * Use full paths.
6370 *
6371 * @deprecated since 1.30
6372 */
6373 $wgParserTestFiles = [];
6374
6375 /**
6376 * Allow running of javascript test suites via [[Special:JavaScriptTest]] (such as QUnit).
6377 */
6378 $wgEnableJavaScriptTest = false;
6379
6380 /**
6381 * Overwrite the caching key prefix with custom value.
6382 * @since 1.19
6383 */
6384 $wgCachePrefix = false;
6385
6386 /**
6387 * Display the new debugging toolbar. This also enables profiling on database
6388 * queries and other useful output.
6389 * Will be ignored if $wgUseFileCache or $wgUseSquid is enabled.
6390 *
6391 * @since 1.19
6392 */
6393 $wgDebugToolbar = false;
6394
6395 /** @} */ # end of profiling, testing and debugging }
6396
6397 /************************************************************************//**
6398 * @name Search
6399 * @{
6400 */
6401
6402 /**
6403 * Set this to true to disable the full text search feature.
6404 */
6405 $wgDisableTextSearch = false;
6406
6407 /**
6408 * Set to true to have nicer highlighted text in search results,
6409 * by default off due to execution overhead
6410 */
6411 $wgAdvancedSearchHighlighting = false;
6412
6413 /**
6414 * Regexp to match word boundaries, defaults for non-CJK languages
6415 * should be empty for CJK since the words are not separate
6416 */
6417 $wgSearchHighlightBoundaries = '[\p{Z}\p{P}\p{C}]';
6418
6419 /**
6420 * Template for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6421 *
6422 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6423 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6424 *
6425 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6426 *
6427 * @deprecated since 1.25 Use $wgOpenSearchTemplates['application/x-suggestions+json'] instead
6428 */
6429 $wgOpenSearchTemplate = false;
6430
6431 /**
6432 * Templates for OpenSearch suggestions, defaults to API action=opensearch
6433 *
6434 * Sites with heavy load would typically have these point to a custom
6435 * PHP wrapper to avoid firing up mediawiki for every keystroke
6436 *
6437 * Placeholders: {searchTerms}
6438 */
6439 $wgOpenSearchTemplates = [
6440 'application/x-suggestions+json' => false,
6441 'application/x-suggestions+xml' => false,
6442 ];
6443
6444 /**
6445 * Enable OpenSearch suggestions requested by MediaWiki. Set this to
6446 * false if you've disabled scripts that use api?action=opensearch and
6447 * want reduce load caused by cached scripts still pulling suggestions.
6448 * It will let the API fallback by responding with an empty array.
6449 */
6450 $wgEnableOpenSearchSuggest = true;
6451
6452 /**
6453 * Integer defining default number of entries to show on
6454 * OpenSearch call.
6455 */
6456 $wgOpenSearchDefaultLimit = 10;
6457
6458 /**
6459 * Minimum length of extract in <Description>. Actual extracts will last until the end of sentence.
6460 */
6461 $wgOpenSearchDescriptionLength = 100;
6462
6463 /**
6464 * Expiry time for search suggestion responses
6465 */
6466 $wgSearchSuggestCacheExpiry = 1200;
6467
6468 /**
6469 * If you've disabled search semi-permanently, this also disables updates to the
6470 * table. If you ever re-enable, be sure to rebuild the search table.
6471 */
6472 $wgDisableSearchUpdate = false;
6473
6474 /**
6475 * List of namespaces which are searched by default.
6476 *
6477 * @par Example:
6478 * @code
6479 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_MAIN] = true;
6480 * $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault[NS_PROJECT] = true;
6481 * @endcode
6482 */
6483 $wgNamespacesToBeSearchedDefault = [
6484 NS_MAIN => true,
6485 ];
6486
6487 /**
6488 * Disable the internal MySQL-based search, to allow it to be
6489 * implemented by an extension instead.
6490 */
6491 $wgDisableInternalSearch = false;
6492
6493 /**
6494 * Set this to a URL to forward search requests to some external location.
6495 * If the URL includes '$1', this will be replaced with the URL-encoded
6496 * search term.
6497 *
6498 * @par Example:
6499 * To forward to Google you'd have something like:
6500 * @code
6501 * $wgSearchForwardUrl =
6502 * 'https://www.google.com/search?q=$1' .
6503 * '&domains=https://example.com' .
6504 * '&sitesearch=https://example.com' .
6505 * '&ie=utf-8&oe=utf-8';
6506 * @endcode
6507 */
6508 $wgSearchForwardUrl = null;
6509
6510 /**
6511 * Search form behavior.
6512 * - true = use Go & Search buttons
6513 * - false = use Go button & Advanced search link
6514 */
6515 $wgUseTwoButtonsSearchForm = true;
6516
6517 /**
6518 * Array of namespaces to generate a Google sitemap for when the
6519 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script is run, or false if one is to be
6520 * generated for all namespaces.
6521 */
6522 $wgSitemapNamespaces = false;
6523
6524 /**
6525 * Custom namespace priorities for sitemaps. Setting this will allow you to
6526 * set custom priorities to namespaces when sitemaps are generated using the
6527 * maintenance/generateSitemap.php script.
6528 *
6529 * This should be a map of namespace IDs to priority
6530 * @par Example:
6531 * @code
6532 * $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = [
6533 * NS_USER => '0.9',
6534 * NS_HELP => '0.0',
6535 * ];
6536 * @endcode
6537 */
6538 $wgSitemapNamespacesPriorities = false;
6539
6540 /**
6541 * If true, searches for IP addresses will be redirected to that IP's
6542 * contributions page. E.g. searching for "1.2.3.4" will redirect to
6543 * [[Special:Contributions/1.2.3.4]]
6544 */
6545 $wgEnableSearchContributorsByIP = true;
6546
6547 /** @} */ # end of search settings
6548
6549 /************************************************************************//**
6550 * @name Edit user interface
6551 * @{
6552 */
6553
6554 /**
6555 * Path to the GNU diff3 utility. If the file doesn't exist, edit conflicts will
6556 * fall back to the old behavior (no merging).
6557 */
6558 $wgDiff3 = '/usr/bin/diff3';
6559
6560 /**
6561 * Path to the GNU diff utility.
6562 */
6563 $wgDiff = '/usr/bin/diff';
6564
6565 /**
6566 * Which namespaces have special treatment where they should be preview-on-open
6567 * Internally only Category: pages apply, but using this extensions (e.g. Semantic MediaWiki)
6568 * can specify namespaces of pages they have special treatment for
6569 */
6570 $wgPreviewOnOpenNamespaces = [
6571 NS_CATEGORY => true
6572 ];
6573
6574 /**
6575 * Enable the UniversalEditButton for browsers that support it
6576 * (currently only Firefox with an extension)
6577 * See http://universaleditbutton.org for more background information
6578 */
6579 $wgUniversalEditButton = true;
6580
6581 /**
6582 * If user doesn't specify any edit summary when making a an edit, MediaWiki
6583 * will try to automatically create one. This feature can be disabled by set-
6584 * ting this variable false.
6585 */
6586 $wgUseAutomaticEditSummaries = true;
6587
6588 /** @} */ # end edit UI }
6589
6590 /************************************************************************//**
6591 * @name Maintenance
6592 * See also $wgSiteNotice
6593 * @{
6594 */
6595
6596 /**
6597 * @cond file_level_code
6598 * Set $wgCommandLineMode if it's not set already, to avoid notices
6599 */
6600 if ( !isset( $wgCommandLineMode ) ) {
6601 $wgCommandLineMode = false;
6602 }
6603 /** @endcond */
6604
6605 /**
6606 * For colorized maintenance script output, is your terminal background dark ?
6607 */
6608 $wgCommandLineDarkBg = false;
6609
6610 /**
6611 * Set this to a string to put the wiki into read-only mode. The text will be
6612 * used as an explanation to users.
6613 *
6614 * This prevents most write operations via the web interface. Cache updates may
6615 * still be possible. To prevent database writes completely, use the read_only
6616 * option in MySQL.
6617 */
6618 $wgReadOnly = null;
6619
6620 /**
6621 * If this lock file exists (size > 0), the wiki will be forced into read-only mode.
6622 * Its contents will be shown to users as part of the read-only warning
6623 * message.
6624 *
6625 * Will default to "{$wgUploadDirectory}/lock_yBgMBwiR" in Setup.php
6626 */
6627 $wgReadOnlyFile = false;
6628
6629 /**
6630 * When you run the web-based upgrade utility, it will tell you what to set
6631 * this to in order to authorize the upgrade process. It will subsequently be
6632 * used as a password, to authorize further upgrades.
6633 *
6634 * For security, do not set this to a guessable string. Use the value supplied
6635 * by the install/upgrade process. To cause the upgrader to generate a new key,
6636 * delete the old key from LocalSettings.php.
6637 */
6638 $wgUpgradeKey = false;
6639
6640 /**
6641 * Fully specified path to git binary
6642 */
6643 $wgGitBin = '/usr/bin/git';
6644
6645 /**
6646 * Map GIT repository URLs to viewer URLs to provide links in Special:Version
6647 *
6648 * Key is a pattern passed to preg_match() and preg_replace(),
6649 * without the delimiters (which are #) and must match the whole URL.
6650 * The value is the replacement for the key (it can contain $1, etc.)
6651 * %h will be replaced by the short SHA-1 (7 first chars) and %H by the
6652 * full SHA-1 of the HEAD revision.
6653 * %r will be replaced with a URL-encoded version of $1.
6654 * %R will be replaced with $1 and no URL-encoding
6655 *
6656 * @since 1.20
6657 */
6658 $wgGitRepositoryViewers = [
6659 'https://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/(?:p/)?(.*)' =>
6660 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6661 'ssh://(?:[a-z0-9_]+@)?gerrit.wikimedia.org:29418/(.*)' =>
6662 'https://phabricator.wikimedia.org/r/revision/%R;%H',
6663 ];
6664
6665 /** @} */ # End of maintenance }
6666
6667 /************************************************************************//**
6668 * @name Recent changes, new pages, watchlist and history
6669 * @{
6670 */
6671
6672 /**
6673 * Recentchanges items are periodically purged; entries older than this many
6674 * seconds will go.
6675 * Default: 90 days = about three months
6676 */
6677 $wgRCMaxAge = 90 * 24 * 3600;
6678
6679 /**
6680 * Page watchers inactive for more than this many seconds are considered inactive.
6681 * Used mainly by action=info. Default: 180 days = about six months.
6682 * @since 1.26
6683 */
6684 $wgWatchersMaxAge = 180 * 24 * 3600;
6685
6686 /**
6687 * If active watchers (per above) are this number or less, do not disclose it.
6688 * Left to 1, prevents unprivileged users from knowing for sure that there are 0.
6689 * Set to -1 if you want to always complement watchers count with this info.
6690 * @since 1.26
6691 */
6692 $wgUnwatchedPageSecret = 1;
6693
6694 /**
6695 * Filter $wgRCLinkDays by $wgRCMaxAge to avoid showing links for numbers
6696 * higher than what will be stored. Note that this is disabled by default
6697 * because we sometimes do have RC data which is beyond the limit for some
6698 * reason, and some users may use the high numbers to display that data which
6699 * is still there.
6700 */
6701 $wgRCFilterByAge = false;
6702
6703 /**
6704 * List of Limits options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6705 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6706 */
6707 $wgRCLinkLimits = [ 50, 100, 250, 500 ];
6708
6709 /**
6710 * List of Days options to list in the Special:Recentchanges and
6711 * Special:Recentchangeslinked pages.
6712 */
6713 $wgRCLinkDays = [ 1, 3, 7, 14, 30 ];
6714
6715 /**
6716 * Configuration for feeds to which notifications about recent changes will be sent.
6717 *
6718 * The following feed classes are available by default:
6719 * - 'UDPRCFeedEngine' - sends recent changes over UDP to the specified server.
6720 * - 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine' - send recent changes to Redis.
6721 *
6722 * Only 'class' or 'uri' is required. If 'uri' is set instead of 'class', then
6723 * RecentChange::getEngine() is used to determine the class. All options are
6724 * passed to the constructor.
6725 *
6726 * Common options:
6727 * - 'class' -- The class to use for this feed (must implement RCFeed).
6728 * - 'omit_bots' -- Exclude bot edits from the feed. (default: false)
6729 * - 'omit_anon' -- Exclude anonymous edits from the feed. (default: false)
6730 * - 'omit_user' -- Exclude edits by registered users from the feed. (default: false)
6731 * - 'omit_minor' -- Exclude minor edits from the feed. (default: false)
6732 * - 'omit_patrolled' -- Exclude patrolled edits from the feed. (default: false)
6733 *
6734 * FormattedRCFeed-specific options:
6735 * - 'uri' -- [required] The address to which the messages are sent.
6736 * The uri scheme of this string will be looked up in $wgRCEngines
6737 * to determine which RCFeedEngine class to use.
6738 * - 'formatter' -- [required] The class (implementing RCFeedFormatter) which will
6739 * produce the text to send. This can also be an object of the class.
6740 * Formatters available by default: JSONRCFeedFormatter, XMLRCFeedFormatter,
6741 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter.
6742 *
6743 * IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6744 * - 'add_interwiki_prefix' -- whether the titles should be prefixed with
6745 * the first entry in the $wgLocalInterwikis array (or the value of
6746 * $wgLocalInterwiki, if set)
6747 *
6748 * JSONRCFeedFormatter-specific options:
6749 * - 'channel' -- if set, the 'channel' parameter is also set in JSON values.
6750 *
6751 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6752 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1336',
6753 * 'formatter' => 'JSONRCFeedFormatter',
6754 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6755 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6756 * ];
6757 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6758 * 'uri' => 'udp://localhost:1338',
6759 * 'formatter' => 'IRCColourfulRCFeedFormatter',
6760 * 'add_interwiki_prefix' => false,
6761 * 'omit_bots' => true,
6762 * ];
6763 * @example $wgRCFeeds['example'] = [
6764 * 'class' => 'ExampleRCFeed',
6765 * ];
6766 * @since 1.22
6767 */
6768 $wgRCFeeds = [];
6769
6770 /**
6771 * Used by RecentChange::getEngine to find the correct engine for a given URI scheme.
6772 * Keys are scheme names, values are names of FormattedRCFeed sub classes.
6773 * @since 1.22
6774 */
6775 $wgRCEngines = [
6776 'redis' => 'RedisPubSubFeedEngine',
6777 'udp' => 'UDPRCFeedEngine',
6778 ];
6779
6780 /**
6781 * Treat category membership changes as a RecentChange.
6782 * Changes are mentioned in RC for page actions as follows:
6783 * - creation: pages created with categories are mentioned
6784 * - edit: category additions/removals to existing pages are mentioned
6785 * - move: nothing is mentioned (unless templates used depend on the title)
6786 * - deletion: nothing is mentioned
6787 * - undeletion: nothing is mentioned
6788 *
6789 * @since 1.27
6790 */
6791 $wgRCWatchCategoryMembership = false;
6792
6793 /**
6794 * Use RC Patrolling to check for vandalism (from recent changes and watchlists)
6795 * New pages and new files are included.
6796 */
6797 $wgUseRCPatrol = true;
6798
6799 /**
6800 * Whether a preference is displayed for structured change filters.
6801 * If false, no preference is displayed and structured change filters are disabled.
6802 * If true, structured change filters are *enabled* by default, and a preference is displayed
6803 * that lets users disable them.
6804 *
6805 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6806 *
6807 * @since 1.30
6808 */
6809 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersShowPreference = false;
6810
6811 /**
6812 * Whether to enable RCFilters app on Special:Watchlist
6813 *
6814 * Temporary variable during development and will be removed.
6815 */
6816 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersOnWatchlist = false;
6817
6818 /**
6819 * Polling rate, in seconds, used by the 'live update' and 'view newest' features
6820 * of the RCFilters app on SpecialRecentChanges and Special:Watchlist.
6821 * 0 to disable completely.
6822 */
6823 $wgStructuredChangeFiltersLiveUpdatePollingRate = 3;
6824
6825 /**
6826 * Use new page patrolling to check new pages on Special:Newpages
6827 */
6828 $wgUseNPPatrol = true;
6829
6830 /**
6831 * Use file patrolling to check new files on Special:Newfiles
6832 *
6833 * @since 1.27
6834 */
6835 $wgUseFilePatrol = true;
6836
6837 /**
6838 * Log autopatrol actions to the log table
6839 */
6840 $wgLogAutopatrol = true;
6841
6842 /**
6843 * Provide syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for, e.g., Recentchanges, Newpages
6844 */
6845 $wgFeed = true;
6846
6847 /**
6848 * Set maximum number of results to return in syndication feeds (RSS, Atom) for
6849 * eg Recentchanges, Newpages.
6850 */
6851 $wgFeedLimit = 50;
6852
6853 /**
6854 * _Minimum_ timeout for cached Recentchanges feed, in seconds.
6855 * A cached version will continue to be served out even if changes
6856 * are made, until this many seconds runs out since the last render.
6857 *
6858 * If set to 0, feed caching is disabled. Use this for debugging only;
6859 * feed generation can be pretty slow with diffs.
6860 */
6861 $wgFeedCacheTimeout = 60;
6862
6863 /**
6864 * When generating Recentchanges RSS/Atom feed, diffs will not be generated for
6865 * pages larger than this size.
6866 */
6867 $wgFeedDiffCutoff = 32768;
6868
6869 /**
6870 * Override the site's default RSS/ATOM feed for recentchanges that appears on
6871 * every page. Some sites might have a different feed they'd like to promote
6872 * instead of the RC feed (maybe like a "Recent New Articles" or "Breaking news" one).
6873 * Should be a format as key (either 'rss' or 'atom') and an URL to the feed
6874 * as value.
6875 * @par Example:
6876 * Configure the 'atom' feed to https://example.com/somefeed.xml
6877 * @code
6878 * $wgSiteFeed['atom'] = "https://example.com/somefeed.xml";
6879 * @endcode
6880 */
6881 $wgOverrideSiteFeed = [];
6882
6883 /**
6884 * Available feeds objects.
6885 * Should probably only be defined when a page is syndicated ie when
6886 * $wgOut->isSyndicated() is true.
6887 */
6888 $wgFeedClasses = [
6889 'rss' => 'RSSFeed',
6890 'atom' => 'AtomFeed',
6891 ];
6892
6893 /**
6894 * Which feed types should we provide by default? This can include 'rss',
6895 * 'atom', neither, or both.
6896 */
6897 $wgAdvertisedFeedTypes = [ 'atom' ];
6898
6899 /**
6900 * Show watching users in recent changes, watchlist and page history views
6901 */
6902 $wgRCShowWatchingUsers = false; # UPO
6903
6904 /**
6905 * Show the amount of changed characters in recent changes
6906 */
6907 $wgRCShowChangedSize = true;
6908
6909 /**
6910 * If the difference between the character counts of the text
6911 * before and after the edit is below that value, the value will be
6912 * highlighted on the RC page.
6913 */
6914 $wgRCChangedSizeThreshold = 500;
6915
6916 /**
6917 * Show "Updated (since my last visit)" marker in RC view, watchlist and history
6918 * view for watched pages with new changes
6919 */
6920 $wgShowUpdatedMarker = true;
6921
6922 /**
6923 * Disable links to talk pages of anonymous users (IPs) in listings on special
6924 * pages like page history, Special:Recentchanges, etc.
6925 */
6926 $wgDisableAnonTalk = false;
6927
6928 /**
6929 * Enable filtering of categories in Recentchanges
6930 */
6931 $wgAllowCategorizedRecentChanges = false;
6932
6933 /**
6934 * Allow filtering by change tag in recentchanges, history, etc
6935 * Has no effect if no tags are defined in valid_tag.
6936 */
6937 $wgUseTagFilter = true;
6938
6939 /**
6940 * If set to an integer, pages that are watched by this many users or more
6941 * will not require the unwatchedpages permission to view the number of
6942 * watchers.
6943 *
6944 * @since 1.21
6945 */
6946 $wgUnwatchedPageThreshold = false;
6947
6948 /**
6949 * Flags (letter symbols) shown in recent changes and watchlist to indicate
6950 * certain types of edits.
6951 *
6952 * To register a new one:
6953 * @code
6954 * $wgRecentChangesFlags['flag'] => [
6955 * // message for the letter displayed next to rows on changes lists
6956 * 'letter' => 'letter-msg',
6957 * // message for the tooltip of the letter
6958 * 'title' => 'tooltip-msg',
6959 * // optional (defaults to 'tooltip-msg'), message to use in the legend box
6960 * 'legend' => 'legend-msg',
6961 * // optional (defaults to 'flag'), CSS class to put on changes lists rows
6962 * 'class' => 'css-class',
6963 * // optional (defaults to 'any'), how top-level flag is determined. 'any'
6964 * // will set the top-level flag if any line contains the flag, 'all' will
6965 * // only be set if all lines contain the flag.
6966 * 'grouping' => 'any',
6967 * ];
6968 * @endcode
6969 *
6970 * @since 1.22
6971 */
6972 $wgRecentChangesFlags = [
6973 'newpage' => [
6974 'letter' => 'newpageletter',
6975 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-newpage',
6976 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-newpage',
6977 'grouping' => 'any',
6978 ],
6979 'minor' => [
6980 'letter' => 'minoreditletter',
6981 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-minor',
6982 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-minor',
6983 'class' => 'minoredit',
6984 'grouping' => 'all',
6985 ],
6986 'bot' => [
6987 'letter' => 'boteditletter',
6988 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-bot',
6989 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-bot',
6990 'class' => 'botedit',
6991 'grouping' => 'all',
6992 ],
6993 'unpatrolled' => [
6994 'letter' => 'unpatrolledletter',
6995 'title' => 'recentchanges-label-unpatrolled',
6996 'legend' => 'recentchanges-legend-unpatrolled',
6997 'grouping' => 'any',
6998 ],
6999 ];
7000
7001 /** @} */ # end RC/watchlist }
7002
7003 /************************************************************************//**
7004 * @name Copyright and credits settings
7005 * @{
7006 */
7007
7008 /**
7009 * Override for copyright metadata.
7010 *
7011 * This is the name of the page containing information about the wiki's copyright status,
7012 * which will be added as a link in the footer if it is specified. It overrides
7013 * $wgRightsUrl if both are specified.
7014 */
7015 $wgRightsPage = null;
7016
7017 /**
7018 * Set this to specify an external URL containing details about the content license used on your
7019 * wiki.
7020 * If $wgRightsPage is set then this setting is ignored.
7021 */
7022 $wgRightsUrl = null;
7023
7024 /**
7025 * If either $wgRightsUrl or $wgRightsPage is specified then this variable gives the text for the
7026 * link.
7027 * If using $wgRightsUrl then this value must be specified. If using $wgRightsPage then the name
7028 * of the page will also be used as the link if this variable is not set.
7029 */
7030 $wgRightsText = null;
7031
7032 /**
7033 * Override for copyright metadata.
7034 */
7035 $wgRightsIcon = null;
7036
7037 /**
7038 * Set this to true if you want detailed copyright information forms on Upload.
7039 */
7040 $wgUseCopyrightUpload = false;
7041
7042 /**
7043 * Set this to the number of authors that you want to be credited below an
7044 * article text. Set it to zero to hide the attribution block, and a negative
7045 * number (like -1) to show all authors. Note that this will require 2-3 extra
7046 * database hits, which can have a not insignificant impact on performance for
7047 * large wikis.
7048 */
7049 $wgMaxCredits = 0;
7050
7051 /**
7052 * If there are more than $wgMaxCredits authors, show $wgMaxCredits of them.
7053 * Otherwise, link to a separate credits page.
7054 */
7055 $wgShowCreditsIfMax = true;
7056
7057 /** @} */ # end of copyright and credits settings }
7058
7059 /************************************************************************//**
7060 * @name Import / Export
7061 * @{
7062 */
7063
7064 /**
7065 * List of interwiki prefixes for wikis we'll accept as sources for
7066 * Special:Import and API action=import. Since complete page history can be
7067 * imported, these should be 'trusted'.
7068 *
7069 * This can either be a regular array, or an associative map specifying
7070 * subprojects on the interwiki map of the target wiki, or a mix of the two,
7071 * e.g.
7072 * @code
7073 * $wgImportSources = [
7074 * 'wikipedia' => [ 'cs', 'en', 'fr', 'zh' ],
7075 * 'wikispecies',
7076 * 'wikia' => [ 'animanga', 'brickipedia', 'desserts' ],
7077 * ];
7078 * @endcode
7079 *
7080 * If you have a very complex import sources setup, you can lazy-load it using
7081 * the ImportSources hook.
7082 *
7083 * If a user has the 'import' permission but not the 'importupload' permission,
7084 * they will only be able to run imports through this transwiki interface.
7085 */
7086 $wgImportSources = [];
7087
7088 /**
7089 * Optional default target namespace for interwiki imports.
7090 * Can use this to create an incoming "transwiki"-style queue.
7091 * Set to numeric key, not the name.
7092 *
7093 * Users may override this in the Special:Import dialog.
7094 */
7095 $wgImportTargetNamespace = null;
7096
7097 /**
7098 * If set to false, disables the full-history option on Special:Export.
7099 * This is currently poorly optimized for long edit histories, so is
7100 * disabled on Wikimedia's sites.
7101 */
7102 $wgExportAllowHistory = true;
7103
7104 /**
7105 * If set nonzero, Special:Export requests for history of pages with
7106 * more revisions than this will be rejected. On some big sites things
7107 * could get bogged down by very very long pages.
7108 */
7109 $wgExportMaxHistory = 0;
7110
7111 /**
7112 * Return distinct author list (when not returning full history)
7113 */
7114 $wgExportAllowListContributors = false;
7115
7116 /**
7117 * If non-zero, Special:Export accepts a "pagelink-depth" parameter
7118 * up to this specified level, which will cause it to include all
7119 * pages linked to from the pages you specify. Since this number
7120 * can become *insanely large* and could easily break your wiki,
7121 * it's disabled by default for now.
7122 *
7123 * @warning There's a HARD CODED limit of 5 levels of recursion to prevent a
7124 * crazy-big export from being done by someone setting the depth number too
7125 * high. In other words, last resort safety net.
7126 */
7127 $wgExportMaxLinkDepth = 0;
7128
7129 /**
7130 * Whether to allow the "export all pages in namespace" option
7131 */
7132 $wgExportFromNamespaces = false;
7133
7134 /**
7135 * Whether to allow exporting the entire wiki into a single file
7136 */
7137 $wgExportAllowAll = false;
7138
7139 /**
7140 * Maximum number of pages returned by the GetPagesFromCategory and
7141 * GetPagesFromNamespace functions.
7142 *
7143 * @since 1.27
7144 */
7145 $wgExportPagelistLimit = 5000;
7146
7147 /** @} */ # end of import/export }
7148
7149 /*************************************************************************//**
7150 * @name Extensions
7151 * @{
7152 */
7153
7154 /**
7155 * A list of callback functions which are called once MediaWiki is fully
7156 * initialised
7157 */
7158 $wgExtensionFunctions = [];
7159
7160 /**
7161 * Extension messages files.
7162 *
7163 * Associative array mapping extension name to the filename where messages can be
7164 * found. The file should contain variable assignments. Any of the variables
7165 * present in languages/messages/MessagesEn.php may be defined, but $messages
7166 * is the most common.
7167 *
7168 * Variables defined in extensions will override conflicting variables defined
7169 * in the core.
7170 *
7171 * Since MediaWiki 1.23, use of this variable to define messages is discouraged; instead, store
7172 * messages in JSON format and use $wgMessagesDirs. For setting other variables than
7173 * $messages, $wgExtensionMessagesFiles should still be used. Use a DIFFERENT key because
7174 * any entry having a key that also exists in $wgMessagesDirs will be ignored.
7175 *
7176 * Extensions using the JSON message format can preserve backward compatibility with
7177 * earlier versions of MediaWiki by using a compatibility shim, such as one generated
7178 * by the generateJsonI18n.php maintenance script, listing it under the SAME key
7179 * as for the $wgMessagesDirs entry.
7180 *
7181 * @par Example:
7182 * @code
7183 * $wgExtensionMessagesFiles['ConfirmEdit'] = __DIR__.'/ConfirmEdit.i18n.php';
7184 * @endcode
7185 */
7186 $wgExtensionMessagesFiles = [];
7187
7188 /**
7189 * Extension messages directories.
7190 *
7191 * Associative array mapping extension name to the path of the directory where message files can
7192 * be found. The message files are expected to be JSON files named for their language code, e.g.
7193 * en.json, de.json, etc. Extensions with messages in multiple places may specify an array of
7194 * message directories.
7195 *
7196 * Message directories in core should be added to LocalisationCache::getMessagesDirs()
7197 *
7198 * @par Simple example:
7199 * @code
7200 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = __DIR__ . '/i18n';
7201 * @endcode
7202 *
7203 * @par Complex example:
7204 * @code
7205 * $wgMessagesDirs['Example'] = [
7206 * __DIR__ . '/lib/ve/i18n',
7207 * __DIR__ . '/lib/oojs-ui/i18n',
7208 * __DIR__ . '/i18n',
7209 * ]
7210 * @endcode
7211 * @since 1.23
7212 */
7213 $wgMessagesDirs = [];
7214
7215 /**
7216 * Array of files with list(s) of extension entry points to be used in
7217 * maintenance/mergeMessageFileList.php
7218 * @since 1.22
7219 */
7220 $wgExtensionEntryPointListFiles = [];
7221
7222 /**
7223 * Parser output hooks.
7224 * This is an associative array where the key is an extension-defined tag
7225 * (typically the extension name), and the value is a PHP callback.
7226 * These will be called as an OutputPageParserOutput hook, if the relevant
7227 * tag has been registered with the parser output object.
7228 *
7229 * Registration is done with $pout->addOutputHook( $tag, $data ).
7230 *
7231 * The callback has the form:
7232 * @code
7233 * function outputHook( $outputPage, $parserOutput, $data ) { ... }
7234 * @endcode
7235 */
7236 $wgParserOutputHooks = [];
7237
7238 /**
7239 * Whether to include the NewPP limit report as a HTML comment
7240 */
7241 $wgEnableParserLimitReporting = true;
7242
7243 /**
7244 * List of valid skin names
7245 *
7246 * The key should be the name in all lower case, the value should be a properly
7247 * cased name for the skin. This value will be prefixed with "Skin" to create
7248 * the class name of the skin to load. Use Skin::getSkinNames() as an accessor
7249 * if you wish to have access to the full list.
7250 */
7251 $wgValidSkinNames = [];
7252
7253 /**
7254 * Special page list. This is an associative array mapping the (canonical) names of
7255 * special pages to either a class name to be instantiated, or a callback to use for
7256 * creating the special page object. In both cases, the result must be an instance of
7257 * SpecialPage.
7258 */
7259 $wgSpecialPages = [];
7260
7261 /**
7262 * Array mapping class names to filenames, for autoloading.
7263 */
7264 $wgAutoloadClasses = [];
7265
7266 /**
7267 * Switch controlling legacy case-insensitive classloading.
7268 * Do not disable if your wiki must support data created by PHP4, or by
7269 * MediaWiki 1.4 or earlier.
7270 */
7271 $wgAutoloadAttemptLowercase = true;
7272
7273 /**
7274 * An array of information about installed extensions keyed by their type.
7275 *
7276 * All but 'name', 'path' and 'author' can be omitted.
7277 *
7278 * @code
7279 * $wgExtensionCredits[$type][] = [
7280 * 'path' => __FILE__,
7281 * 'name' => 'Example extension',
7282 * 'namemsg' => 'exampleextension-name',
7283 * 'author' => [
7284 * 'Foo Barstein',
7285 * ],
7286 * 'version' => '1.9.0',
7287 * 'url' => 'https://example.org/example-extension/',
7288 * 'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',
7289 * 'license-name' => 'GPL-2.0+',
7290 * ];
7291 * @endcode
7292 *
7293 * The extensions are listed on Special:Version. This page also looks for a file
7294 * named COPYING or LICENSE (optional .txt extension) and provides a link to
7295 * view said file. When the 'license-name' key is specified, this file is
7296 * interpreted as wikitext.
7297 *
7298 * - $type: One of 'specialpage', 'parserhook', 'variable', 'media', 'antispam',
7299 * 'skin', 'api', or 'other', or any additional types as specified through the
7300 * ExtensionTypes hook as used in SpecialVersion::getExtensionTypes().
7301 *
7302 * - name: Name of extension as an inline string instead of localizable message.
7303 * Do not omit this even if 'namemsg' is provided, as it is used to override
7304 * the path Special:Version uses to find extension's license info, and is
7305 * required for backwards-compatibility with MediaWiki 1.23 and older.
7306 *
7307 * - namemsg (since MW 1.24): A message key for a message containing the
7308 * extension's name, if the name is localizable. (For example, skin names
7309 * usually are.)
7310 *
7311 * - author: A string or an array of strings. Authors can be linked using
7312 * the regular wikitext link syntax. To have an internationalized version of
7313 * "and others" show, add an element "...". This element can also be linked,
7314 * for instance "[https://example ...]".
7315 *
7316 * - descriptionmsg: A message key or an an array with message key and parameters:
7317 * `'descriptionmsg' => 'exampleextension-desc',`
7318 *
7319 * - description: Description of extension as an inline string instead of
7320 * localizable message (omit in favour of 'descriptionmsg').
7321 *
7322 * - license-name: Short name of the license (used as label for the link), such
7323 * as "GPL-2.0+" or "MIT" (https://spdx.org/licenses/ for a list of identifiers).
7324 */
7325 $wgExtensionCredits = [];
7326
7327 /**
7328 * Authentication plugin.
7329 * @var $wgAuth AuthPlugin
7330 * @deprecated since 1.27 use $wgAuthManagerConfig instead
7331 */
7332 $wgAuth = null;
7333
7334 /**
7335 * Global list of hooks.
7336 *
7337 * The key is one of the events made available by MediaWiki, you can find
7338 * a description for most of them in docs/hooks.txt. The array is used
7339 * internally by Hook:run().
7340 *
7341 * The value can be one of:
7342 *
7343 * - A function name:
7344 * @code
7345 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = $function;
7346 * @endcode
7347 * - A function with some data:
7348 * @code
7349 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $function, $data ];
7350 * @endcode
7351 * - A an object method:
7352 * @code
7353 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = [ $object, 'method' ];
7354 * @endcode
7355 * - A closure:
7356 * @code
7357 * $wgHooks['event_name'][] = function ( $hookParam ) {
7358 * // Handler code goes here.
7359 * };
7360 * @endcode
7361 *
7362 * @warning You should always append to an event array or you will end up
7363 * deleting a previous registered hook.
7364 *
7365 * @warning Hook handlers should be registered at file scope. Registering
7366 * handlers after file scope can lead to unexpected results due to caching.
7367 */
7368 $wgHooks = [];
7369
7370 /**
7371 * List of service wiring files to be loaded by the default instance of MediaWikiServices.
7372 * Each file listed here is expected to return an associative array mapping service names
7373 * to instantiator functions. Extensions may add wiring files to define their own services.
7374 * However, this cannot be used to replace existing services - use the MediaWikiServices
7375 * hook for that.
7376 *
7377 * @see MediaWikiServices
7378 * @see ServiceContainer::loadWiringFiles() for details on loading service instantiator functions.
7379 * @see docs/injection.txt for an overview of dependency injection in MediaWiki.
7380 */
7381 $wgServiceWiringFiles = [
7382 __DIR__ . '/ServiceWiring.php'
7383 ];
7384
7385 /**
7386 * Maps jobs to their handlers; extensions
7387 * can add to this to provide custom jobs.
7388 * A job handler should either be a class name to be instantiated,
7389 * or (since 1.30) a callback to use for creating the job object.
7390 */
7391 $wgJobClasses = [
7392 'refreshLinks' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7393 'deleteLinks' => 'DeleteLinksJob',
7394 'htmlCacheUpdate' => 'HTMLCacheUpdateJob',
7395 'sendMail' => 'EmaillingJob',
7396 'enotifNotify' => 'EnotifNotifyJob',
7397 'fixDoubleRedirect' => 'DoubleRedirectJob',
7398 'AssembleUploadChunks' => 'AssembleUploadChunksJob',
7399 'PublishStashedFile' => 'PublishStashedFileJob',
7400 'ThumbnailRender' => 'ThumbnailRenderJob',
7401 'recentChangesUpdate' => 'RecentChangesUpdateJob',
7402 'refreshLinksPrioritized' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7403 'refreshLinksDynamic' => 'RefreshLinksJob',
7404 'activityUpdateJob' => 'ActivityUpdateJob',
7405 'categoryMembershipChange' => 'CategoryMembershipChangeJob',
7406 'cdnPurge' => 'CdnPurgeJob',
7407 'enqueue' => 'EnqueueJob', // local queue for multi-DC setups
7408 'null' => 'NullJob'
7409 ];
7410
7411 /**
7412 * Jobs that must be explicitly requested, i.e. aren't run by job runners unless
7413 * special flags are set. The values here are keys of $wgJobClasses.
7414 *
7415 * These can be:
7416 * - Very long-running jobs.
7417 * - Jobs that you would never want to run as part of a page rendering request.
7418 * - Jobs that you want to run on specialized machines ( like transcoding, or a particular
7419 * machine on your cluster has 'outside' web access you could restrict uploadFromUrl )
7420 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7421 */
7422 $wgJobTypesExcludedFromDefaultQueue = [ 'AssembleUploadChunks', 'PublishStashedFile' ];
7423
7424 /**
7425 * Map of job types to how many job "work items" should be run per second
7426 * on each job runner process. The meaning of "work items" varies per job,
7427 * but typically would be something like "pages to update". A single job
7428 * may have a variable number of work items, as is the case with batch jobs.
7429 * This is used by runJobs.php and not jobs run via $wgJobRunRate.
7430 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7431 * @var float[]
7432 */
7433 $wgJobBackoffThrottling = [];
7434
7435 /**
7436 * Make job runners commit changes for replica DB-lag prone jobs one job at a time.
7437 * This is useful if there are many job workers that race on replica DB lag checks.
7438 * If set, jobs taking this many seconds of DB write time have serialized commits.
7439 *
7440 * Note that affected jobs may have worse lock contention. Also, if they affect
7441 * several DBs at once they may have a smaller chance of being atomic due to the
7442 * possibility of connection loss while queueing up to commit. Affected jobs may
7443 * also fail due to the commit lock acquisition timeout.
7444 *
7445 * @var float|bool
7446 * @since 1.26
7447 */
7448 $wgJobSerialCommitThreshold = false;
7449
7450 /**
7451 * Map of job types to configuration arrays.
7452 * This determines which queue class and storage system is used for each job type.
7453 * Job types that do not have explicit configuration will use the 'default' config.
7454 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7455 */
7456 $wgJobTypeConf = [
7457 'default' => [ 'class' => 'JobQueueDB', 'order' => 'random', 'claimTTL' => 3600 ],
7458 ];
7459
7460 /**
7461 * Which aggregator to use for tracking which queues have jobs.
7462 * These settings should be global to all wikis.
7463 */
7464 $wgJobQueueAggregator = [
7465 'class' => 'JobQueueAggregatorNull'
7466 ];
7467
7468 /**
7469 * Whether to include the number of jobs that are queued
7470 * for the API's maxlag parameter.
7471 * The total number of jobs will be divided by this to get an
7472 * estimated second of maxlag. Typically bots backoff at maxlag=5,
7473 * so setting this to the max number of jobs that should be in your
7474 * queue divided by 5 should have the effect of stopping bots once
7475 * that limit is hit.
7476 *
7477 * @since 1.29
7478 */
7479 $wgJobQueueIncludeInMaxLagFactor = false;
7480
7481 /**
7482 * Additional functions to be performed with updateSpecialPages.
7483 * Expensive Querypages are already updated.
7484 */
7485 $wgSpecialPageCacheUpdates = [
7486 'Statistics' => [ 'SiteStatsUpdate', 'cacheUpdate' ]
7487 ];
7488
7489 /**
7490 * Page property link table invalidation lists. When a page property
7491 * changes, this may require other link tables to be updated (eg
7492 * adding __HIDDENCAT__ means the hiddencat tracking category will
7493 * have been added, so the categorylinks table needs to be rebuilt).
7494 * This array can be added to by extensions.
7495 */
7496 $wgPagePropLinkInvalidations = [
7497 'hiddencat' => 'categorylinks',
7498 ];
7499
7500 /** @} */ # End extensions }
7501
7502 /*************************************************************************//**
7503 * @name Categories
7504 * @{
7505 */
7506
7507 /**
7508 * Use experimental, DMOZ-like category browser
7509 */
7510 $wgUseCategoryBrowser = false;
7511
7512 /**
7513 * On category pages, show thumbnail gallery for images belonging to that
7514 * category instead of listing them as articles.
7515 */
7516 $wgCategoryMagicGallery = true;
7517
7518 /**
7519 * Paging limit for categories
7520 */
7521 $wgCategoryPagingLimit = 200;
7522
7523 /**
7524 * Specify how category names should be sorted, when listed on a category page.
7525 * A sorting scheme is also known as a collation.
7526 *
7527 * Available values are:
7528 *
7529 * - uppercase: Converts the category name to upper case, and sorts by that.
7530 *
7531 * - identity: Does no conversion. Sorts by binary value of the string.
7532 *
7533 * - uca-default: Provides access to the Unicode Collation Algorithm with
7534 * the default element table. This is a compromise collation which sorts
7535 * all languages in a mediocre way. However, it is better than "uppercase".
7536 *
7537 * To use the uca-default collation, you must have PHP's intl extension
7538 * installed. See https://secure.php.net/manual/en/intl.setup.php . The details of the
7539 * resulting collation will depend on the version of ICU installed on the
7540 * server.
7541 *
7542 * After you change this, you must run maintenance/updateCollation.php to fix
7543 * the sort keys in the database.
7544 *
7545 * Extensions can define there own collations by subclassing Collation
7546 * and using the Collation::factory hook.
7547 */
7548 $wgCategoryCollation = 'uppercase';
7549
7550 /** @} */ # End categories }
7551
7552 /*************************************************************************//**
7553 * @name Logging
7554 * @{
7555 */
7556
7557 /**
7558 * The logging system has two levels: an event type, which describes the
7559 * general category and can be viewed as a named subset of all logs; and
7560 * an action, which is a specific kind of event that can exist in that
7561 * log type.
7562 */
7563 $wgLogTypes = [
7564 '',
7565 'block',
7566 'protect',
7567 'rights',
7568 'delete',
7569 'upload',
7570 'move',
7571 'import',
7572 'patrol',
7573 'merge',
7574 'suppress',
7575 'tag',
7576 'managetags',
7577 'contentmodel',
7578 ];
7579
7580 /**
7581 * This restricts log access to those who have a certain right
7582 * Users without this will not see it in the option menu and can not view it
7583 * Restricted logs are not added to recent changes
7584 * Logs should remain non-transcludable
7585 * Format: logtype => permissiontype
7586 */
7587 $wgLogRestrictions = [
7588 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog'
7589 ];
7590
7591 /**
7592 * Show/hide links on Special:Log will be shown for these log types.
7593 *
7594 * This is associative array of log type => boolean "hide by default"
7595 *
7596 * See $wgLogTypes for a list of available log types.
7597 *
7598 * @par Example:
7599 * @code
7600 * $wgFilterLogTypes = [ 'move' => true, 'import' => false ];
7601 * @endcode
7602 *
7603 * Will display show/hide links for the move and import logs. Move logs will be
7604 * hidden by default unless the link is clicked. Import logs will be shown by
7605 * default, and hidden when the link is clicked.
7606 *
7607 * A message of the form log-show-hide-[type] should be added, and will be used
7608 * for the link text.
7609 */
7610 $wgFilterLogTypes = [
7611 'patrol' => true,
7612 'tag' => true,
7613 ];
7614
7615 /**
7616 * Lists the message key string for each log type. The localized messages
7617 * will be listed in the user interface.
7618 *
7619 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7620 *
7621 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-name-TYPE,
7622 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7623 */
7624 $wgLogNames = [
7625 '' => 'all-logs-page',
7626 'block' => 'blocklogpage',
7627 'protect' => 'protectlogpage',
7628 'rights' => 'rightslog',
7629 'delete' => 'dellogpage',
7630 'upload' => 'uploadlogpage',
7631 'move' => 'movelogpage',
7632 'import' => 'importlogpage',
7633 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-page',
7634 'merge' => 'mergelog',
7635 'suppress' => 'suppressionlog',
7636 ];
7637
7638 /**
7639 * Lists the message key string for descriptive text to be shown at the
7640 * top of each log type.
7641 *
7642 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7643 *
7644 * @since 1.19, if you follow the naming convention log-description-TYPE,
7645 * where TYPE is your log type, yoy don't need to use this array.
7646 */
7647 $wgLogHeaders = [
7648 '' => 'alllogstext',
7649 'block' => 'blocklogtext',
7650 'delete' => 'dellogpagetext',
7651 'import' => 'importlogpagetext',
7652 'merge' => 'mergelogpagetext',
7653 'move' => 'movelogpagetext',
7654 'patrol' => 'patrol-log-header',
7655 'protect' => 'protectlogtext',
7656 'rights' => 'rightslogtext',
7657 'suppress' => 'suppressionlogtext',
7658 'upload' => 'uploadlogpagetext',
7659 ];
7660
7661 /**
7662 * Lists the message key string for formatting individual events of each
7663 * type and action when listed in the logs.
7664 *
7665 * Extensions with custom log types may add to this array.
7666 */
7667 $wgLogActions = [];
7668
7669 /**
7670 * The same as above, but here values are names of classes,
7671 * not messages.
7672 * @see LogPage::actionText
7673 * @see LogFormatter
7674 */
7675 $wgLogActionsHandlers = [
7676 'block/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7677 'block/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7678 'block/unblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7679 'contentmodel/change' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7680 'contentmodel/new' => 'ContentModelLogFormatter',
7681 'delete/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7682 'delete/delete_redir' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7683 'delete/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7684 'delete/restore' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7685 'delete/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7686 'import/interwiki' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7687 'import/upload' => 'ImportLogFormatter',
7688 'managetags/activate' => 'LogFormatter',
7689 'managetags/create' => 'LogFormatter',
7690 'managetags/deactivate' => 'LogFormatter',
7691 'managetags/delete' => 'LogFormatter',
7692 'merge/merge' => 'MergeLogFormatter',
7693 'move/move' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7694 'move/move_redir' => 'MoveLogFormatter',
7695 'patrol/patrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7696 'patrol/autopatrol' => 'PatrolLogFormatter',
7697 'protect/modify' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7698 'protect/move_prot' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7699 'protect/protect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7700 'protect/unprotect' => 'ProtectLogFormatter',
7701 'rights/autopromote' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7702 'rights/rights' => 'RightsLogFormatter',
7703 'suppress/block' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7704 'suppress/delete' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7705 'suppress/event' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7706 'suppress/reblock' => 'BlockLogFormatter',
7707 'suppress/revision' => 'DeleteLogFormatter',
7708 'tag/update' => 'TagLogFormatter',
7709 'upload/overwrite' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7710 'upload/revert' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7711 'upload/upload' => 'UploadLogFormatter',
7712 ];
7713
7714 /**
7715 * List of log types that can be filtered by action types
7716 *
7717 * To each action is associated the list of log_action
7718 * subtypes to search for, usually one, but not necessarily so
7719 * Extensions may append to this array
7720 * @since 1.27
7721 */
7722 $wgActionFilteredLogs = [
7723 'block' => [
7724 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7725 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7726 'unblock' => [ 'unblock' ],
7727 ],
7728 'contentmodel' => [
7729 'change' => [ 'change' ],
7730 'new' => [ 'new' ],
7731 ],
7732 'delete' => [
7733 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7734 'delete_redir' => [ 'delete_redir' ],
7735 'restore' => [ 'restore' ],
7736 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7737 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7738 ],
7739 'import' => [
7740 'interwiki' => [ 'interwiki' ],
7741 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7742 ],
7743 'managetags' => [
7744 'create' => [ 'create' ],
7745 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7746 'activate' => [ 'activate' ],
7747 'deactivate' => [ 'deactivate' ],
7748 ],
7749 'move' => [
7750 'move' => [ 'move' ],
7751 'move_redir' => [ 'move_redir' ],
7752 ],
7753 'newusers' => [
7754 'create' => [ 'create', 'newusers' ],
7755 'create2' => [ 'create2' ],
7756 'autocreate' => [ 'autocreate' ],
7757 'byemail' => [ 'byemail' ],
7758 ],
7759 'patrol' => [
7760 'patrol' => [ 'patrol' ],
7761 'autopatrol' => [ 'autopatrol' ],
7762 ],
7763 'protect' => [
7764 'protect' => [ 'protect' ],
7765 'modify' => [ 'modify' ],
7766 'unprotect' => [ 'unprotect' ],
7767 'move_prot' => [ 'move_prot' ],
7768 ],
7769 'rights' => [
7770 'rights' => [ 'rights' ],
7771 'autopromote' => [ 'autopromote' ],
7772 ],
7773 'suppress' => [
7774 'event' => [ 'event' ],
7775 'revision' => [ 'revision' ],
7776 'delete' => [ 'delete' ],
7777 'block' => [ 'block' ],
7778 'reblock' => [ 'reblock' ],
7779 ],
7780 'upload' => [
7781 'upload' => [ 'upload' ],
7782 'overwrite' => [ 'overwrite' ],
7783 ],
7784 ];
7785
7786 /**
7787 * Maintain a log of newusers at Log/newusers?
7788 */
7789 $wgNewUserLog = true;
7790
7791 /** @} */ # end logging }
7792
7793 /*************************************************************************//**
7794 * @name Special pages (general and miscellaneous)
7795 * @{
7796 */
7797
7798 /**
7799 * Allow special page inclusions such as {{Special:Allpages}}
7800 */
7801 $wgAllowSpecialInclusion = true;
7802
7803 /**
7804 * Set this to an array of special page names to prevent
7805 * maintenance/updateSpecialPages.php from updating those pages.
7806 */
7807 $wgDisableQueryPageUpdate = false;
7808
7809 /**
7810 * On Special:Unusedimages, consider images "used", if they are put
7811 * into a category. Default (false) is not to count those as used.
7812 */
7813 $wgCountCategorizedImagesAsUsed = false;
7814
7815 /**
7816 * Maximum number of links to a redirect page listed on
7817 * Special:Whatlinkshere/RedirectDestination
7818 */
7819 $wgMaxRedirectLinksRetrieved = 500;
7820
7821 /** @} */ # end special pages }
7822
7823 /*************************************************************************//**
7824 * @name Actions
7825 * @{
7826 */
7827
7828 /**
7829 * Array of allowed values for the "title=foo&action=<action>" parameter. Syntax is:
7830 * 'foo' => 'ClassName' Load the specified class which subclasses Action
7831 * 'foo' => true Load the class FooAction which subclasses Action
7832 * If something is specified in the getActionOverrides()
7833 * of the relevant Page object it will be used
7834 * instead of the default class.
7835 * 'foo' => false The action is disabled; show an error message
7836 * Unsetting core actions will probably cause things to complain loudly.
7837 */
7838 $wgActions = [
7839 'credits' => true,
7840 'delete' => true,
7841 'edit' => true,
7842 'editchangetags' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7843 'history' => true,
7844 'info' => true,
7845 'markpatrolled' => true,
7846 'protect' => true,
7847 'purge' => true,
7848 'raw' => true,
7849 'render' => true,
7850 'revert' => true,
7851 'revisiondelete' => 'SpecialPageAction',
7852 'rollback' => true,
7853 'submit' => true,
7854 'unprotect' => true,
7855 'unwatch' => true,
7856 'view' => true,
7857 'watch' => true,
7858 ];
7859
7860 /** @} */ # end actions }
7861
7862 /*************************************************************************//**
7863 * @name Robot (search engine crawler) policy
7864 * See also $wgNoFollowLinks.
7865 * @{
7866 */
7867
7868 /**
7869 * Default robot policy. The default policy is to encourage indexing and fol-
7870 * lowing of links. It may be overridden on a per-namespace and/or per-page
7871 * basis.
7872 */
7873 $wgDefaultRobotPolicy = 'index,follow';
7874
7875 /**
7876 * Robot policies per namespaces. The default policy is given above, the array
7877 * is made of namespace constants as defined in includes/Defines.php. You can-
7878 * not specify a different default policy for NS_SPECIAL: it is always noindex,
7879 * nofollow. This is because a number of special pages (e.g., ListPages) have
7880 * many permutations of options that display the same data under redundant
7881 * URLs, so search engine spiders risk getting lost in a maze of twisty special
7882 * pages, all alike, and never reaching your actual content.
7883 *
7884 * @par Example:
7885 * @code
7886 * $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [ NS_TALK => 'noindex' ];
7887 * @endcode
7888 */
7889 $wgNamespaceRobotPolicies = [];
7890
7891 /**
7892 * Robot policies per article. These override the per-namespace robot policies.
7893 * Must be in the form of an array where the key part is a properly canonicalised
7894 * text form title and the value is a robot policy.
7895 *
7896 * @par Example:
7897 * @code
7898 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7899 * 'Main Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7900 * 'User:Bob' => 'index,follow',
7901 * ];
7902 * @endcode
7903 *
7904 * @par Example that DOES NOT WORK because the names are not canonical text
7905 * forms:
7906 * @code
7907 * $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [
7908 * # Underscore, not space!
7909 * 'Main_Page' => 'noindex,follow',
7910 * # "Project", not the actual project name!
7911 * 'Project:X' => 'index,follow',
7912 * # Needs to be "Abc", not "abc" (unless $wgCapitalLinks is false for that namespace)!
7913 * 'abc' => 'noindex,nofollow'
7914 * ];
7915 * @endcode
7916 */
7917 $wgArticleRobotPolicies = [];
7918
7919 /**
7920 * An array of namespace keys in which the __INDEX__/__NOINDEX__ magic words
7921 * will not function, so users can't decide whether pages in that namespace are
7922 * indexed by search engines. If set to null, default to $wgContentNamespaces.
7923 *
7924 * @par Example:
7925 * @code
7926 * $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = [ NS_MAIN, NS_TALK, NS_PROJECT ];
7927 * @endcode
7928 */
7929 $wgExemptFromUserRobotsControl = null;
7930
7931 /** @} */ # End robot policy }
7932
7933 /************************************************************************//**
7934 * @name AJAX and API
7935 * Note: The AJAX entry point which this section refers to is gradually being
7936 * replaced by the API entry point, api.php. They are essentially equivalent.
7937 * Both of them are used for dynamic client-side features, via XHR.
7938 * @{
7939 */
7940
7941 /**
7942 * Enable the MediaWiki API for convenient access to
7943 * machine-readable data via api.php
7944 *
7945 * See https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/API
7946 *
7947 * @deprecated since 1.31
7948 */
7949 $wgEnableAPI = true;
7950
7951 /**
7952 * Allow the API to be used to perform write operations
7953 * (page edits, rollback, etc.) when an authorised user
7954 * accesses it
7955 *
7956 * @deprecated since 1.31
7957 */
7958 $wgEnableWriteAPI = true;
7959
7960 /**
7961 *
7962 * WARNING: SECURITY THREAT - debug use only
7963 *
7964 * Disables many security checks in the API for debugging purposes.
7965 * This flag should never be used on the production servers, as it introduces
7966 * a number of potential security holes. Even when enabled, the validation
7967 * will still be performed, but instead of failing, API will return a warning.
7968 * Also, there will always be a warning notifying that this flag is set.
7969 * At this point, the flag allows GET requests to go through for modules
7970 * requiring POST.
7971 *
7972 * @since 1.21
7973 */
7974 $wgDebugAPI = false;
7975
7976 /**
7977 * API module extensions.
7978 *
7979 * Associative array mapping module name to modules specs;
7980 * Each module spec is an associative array containing at least
7981 * the 'class' key for the module's class, and optionally a
7982 * 'factory' key for the factory function to use for the module.
7983 *
7984 * That factory function will be called with two parameters,
7985 * the parent module (an instance of ApiBase, usually ApiMain)
7986 * and the name the module was registered under. The return
7987 * value must be an instance of the class given in the 'class'
7988 * field.
7989 *
7990 * For backward compatibility, the module spec may also be a
7991 * simple string containing the module's class name. In that
7992 * case, the class' constructor will be called with the parent
7993 * module and module name as parameters, as described above.
7994 *
7995 * Examples for registering API modules:
7996 *
7997 * @code
7998 * $wgAPIModules['foo'] = 'ApiFoo';
7999 * $wgAPIModules['bar'] = [
8000 * 'class' => 'ApiBar',
8001 * 'factory' => function( $main, $name ) { ... }
8002 * ];
8003 * $wgAPIModules['xyzzy'] = [
8004 * 'class' => 'ApiXyzzy',
8005 * 'factory' => [ 'XyzzyFactory', 'newApiModule' ]
8006 * ];
8007 * @endcode
8008 *
8009 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8010 * See ApiMain::$Modules for a list of the core modules.
8011 */
8012 $wgAPIModules = [];
8013
8014 /**
8015 * API format module extensions.
8016 * Associative array mapping format module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8017 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8018 *
8019 * See ApiMain::$Formats for a list of the core format modules.
8020 */
8021 $wgAPIFormatModules = [];
8022
8023 /**
8024 * API Query meta module extensions.
8025 * Associative array mapping meta module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8026 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8027 *
8028 * See ApiQuery::$QueryMetaModules for a list of the core meta modules.
8029 */
8030 $wgAPIMetaModules = [];
8031
8032 /**
8033 * API Query prop module extensions.
8034 * Associative array mapping prop module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8035 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8036 *
8037 * See ApiQuery::$QueryPropModules for a list of the core prop modules.
8038 */
8039 $wgAPIPropModules = [];
8040
8041 /**
8042 * API Query list module extensions.
8043 * Associative array mapping list module name to module specs (see $wgAPIModules).
8044 * Extension modules may override the core modules.
8045 *
8046 * See ApiQuery::$QueryListModules for a list of the core list modules.
8047 */
8048 $wgAPIListModules = [];
8049
8050 /**
8051 * Maximum amount of rows to scan in a DB query in the API
8052 * The default value is generally fine
8053 */
8054 $wgAPIMaxDBRows = 5000;
8055
8056 /**
8057 * The maximum size (in bytes) of an API result.
8058 * @warning Do not set this lower than $wgMaxArticleSize*1024
8059 */
8060 $wgAPIMaxResultSize = 8388608;
8061
8062 /**
8063 * The maximum number of uncached diffs that can be retrieved in one API
8064 * request. Set this to 0 to disable API diffs altogether
8065 */
8066 $wgAPIMaxUncachedDiffs = 1;
8067
8068 /**
8069 * Maximum amount of DB lag on a majority of DB replica DBs to tolerate
8070 * before forcing bots to retry any write requests via API errors.
8071 * This should be lower than the 'max lag' value in $wgLBFactoryConf.
8072 */
8073 $wgAPIMaxLagThreshold = 7;
8074
8075 /**
8076 * Log file or URL (TCP or UDP) to log API requests to, or false to disable
8077 * API request logging
8078 */
8079 $wgAPIRequestLog = false;
8080
8081 /**
8082 * Set the timeout for the API help text cache. If set to 0, caching disabled
8083 */
8084 $wgAPICacheHelpTimeout = 60 * 60;
8085
8086 /**
8087 * The ApiQueryQueryPages module should skip pages that are redundant to true
8088 * API queries.
8089 */
8090 $wgAPIUselessQueryPages = [
8091 'MIMEsearch', // aiprop=mime
8092 'LinkSearch', // list=exturlusage
8093 'FileDuplicateSearch', // prop=duplicatefiles
8094 ];
8095
8096 /**
8097 * Enable AJAX framework
8098 */
8099 $wgUseAjax = true;
8100
8101 /**
8102 * List of Ajax-callable functions.
8103 * Extensions acting as Ajax callbacks must register here
8104 * @deprecated (officially) since 1.27; use the API instead
8105 */
8106 $wgAjaxExportList = [];
8107
8108 /**
8109 * Enable AJAX check for file overwrite, pre-upload
8110 */
8111 $wgAjaxUploadDestCheck = true;
8112
8113 /**
8114 * Enable previewing licences via AJAX. Also requires $wgEnableAPI to be true.
8115 */
8116 $wgAjaxLicensePreview = true;
8117
8118 /**
8119 * Have clients send edits to be prepared when filling in edit summaries.
8120 * This gives the server a head start on the expensive parsing operation.
8121 */
8122 $wgAjaxEditStash = true;
8123
8124 /**
8125 * Settings for incoming cross-site AJAX requests:
8126 * Newer browsers support cross-site AJAX when the target resource allows requests
8127 * from the origin domain by the Access-Control-Allow-Origin header.
8128 * This is currently only used by the API (requests to api.php)
8129 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains can be set using a wildcard syntax:
8130 *
8131 * - '*' matches any number of characters
8132 * - '?' matches any 1 character
8133 *
8134 * @par Example:
8135 * @code
8136 * $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [
8137 * 'www.mediawiki.org',
8138 * '*.wikipedia.org',
8139 * '*.wikimedia.org',
8140 * '*.wiktionary.org',
8141 * ];
8142 * @endcode
8143 */
8144 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains = [];
8145
8146 /**
8147 * Domains that should not be allowed to make AJAX requests,
8148 * even if they match one of the domains allowed by $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8149 * Uses the same syntax as $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomains
8150 */
8151 $wgCrossSiteAJAXdomainExceptions = [];
8152
8153 /** @} */ # End AJAX and API }
8154
8155 /************************************************************************//**
8156 * @name Shell and process control
8157 * @{
8158 */
8159
8160 /**
8161 * Maximum amount of virtual memory available to shell processes under linux, in KB.
8162 */
8163 $wgMaxShellMemory = 307200;
8164
8165 /**
8166 * Maximum file size created by shell processes under linux, in KB
8167 * ImageMagick convert for example can be fairly hungry for scratch space
8168 */
8169 $wgMaxShellFileSize = 102400;
8170
8171 /**
8172 * Maximum CPU time in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8173 */
8174 $wgMaxShellTime = 180;
8175
8176 /**
8177 * Maximum wall clock time (i.e. real time, of the kind the clock on the wall
8178 * would measure) in seconds for shell processes under Linux
8179 */
8180 $wgMaxShellWallClockTime = 180;
8181
8182 /**
8183 * Under Linux: a cgroup directory used to constrain memory usage of shell
8184 * commands. The directory must be writable by the user which runs MediaWiki.
8185 *
8186 * If specified, this is used instead of ulimit, which is inaccurate, and
8187 * causes malloc() to return NULL, which exposes bugs in C applications, making
8188 * them segfault or deadlock.
8189 *
8190 * A wrapper script will create a cgroup for each shell command that runs, as
8191 * a subgroup of the specified cgroup. If the memory limit is exceeded, the
8192 * kernel will send a SIGKILL signal to a process in the subgroup.
8193 *
8194 * @par Example:
8195 * @code
8196 * mkdir -p /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki
8197 * mkdir -m 0777 /sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job
8198 * echo '$wgShellCgroup = "/sys/fs/cgroup/memory/mediawiki/job";' >> LocalSettings.php
8199 * @endcode
8200 *
8201 * The reliability of cgroup cleanup can be improved by installing a
8202 * notify_on_release script in the root cgroup, see e.g.
8203 * https://gerrit.wikimedia.org/r/#/c/40784
8204 */
8205 $wgShellCgroup = false;
8206
8207 /**
8208 * Executable path of the PHP cli binary (php/php5). Should be set up on install.
8209 */
8210 $wgPhpCli = '/usr/bin/php';
8211
8212 /**
8213 * Locale for LC_ALL, to provide a known environment for locale-sensitive operations
8214 *
8215 * For Unix-like operating systems, this should be set to C.UTF-8 or an
8216 * equivalent to provide the most consistent behavior for locale-sensitive
8217 * C library operations across different-language wikis. If that locale is not
8218 * available, use another locale that has a UTF-8 character set.
8219 *
8220 * This setting mainly affects the behavior of C library functions, including:
8221 * - String collation (order when sorting using locale-sensitive comparison)
8222 * - For example, whether "Å" and "A" are considered to be the same letter or
8223 * different letters and if different whether it comes after "A" or after
8224 * "Z", and whether sorting is case sensitive.
8225 * - String character set (how characters beyond basic ASCII are represented)
8226 * - We need this to be a UTF-8 character set to work around
8227 * https://bugs.php.net/bug.php?id=45132
8228 * - Language used for low-level error messages.
8229 * - Formatting of date/time and numeric values (e.g. '.' versus ',' as the
8230 * decimal separator)
8231 *
8232 * MediaWiki provides its own methods and classes to perform many
8233 * locale-sensitive operations, which are designed to be able to vary locale
8234 * based on wiki language or user preference:
8235 * - MediaWiki's Collation class should generally be used instead of the C
8236 * library collation functions when locale-sensitive sorting is needed.
8237 * - MediaWiki's Message class should be used for localization of messages
8238 * displayed to the user.
8239 * - MediaWiki's Language class should be used for formatting numeric and
8240 * date/time values.
8241 *
8242 * @note If multiple wikis are being served from the same process (e.g. the
8243 * same fastCGI or Apache server), this setting must be the same on all those
8244 * wikis.
8245 */
8246 $wgShellLocale = 'C.UTF-8';
8247
8248 /** @} */ # End shell }
8249
8250 /************************************************************************//**
8251 * @name HTTP client
8252 * @{
8253 */
8254
8255 /**
8256 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally, in seconds.
8257 * @var int
8258 */
8259 $wgHTTPTimeout = 25;
8260
8261 /**
8262 * Timeout for HTTP requests done internally for transwiki imports, in seconds.
8263 * @since 1.29
8264 */
8265 $wgHTTPImportTimeout = 25;
8266
8267 /**
8268 * Timeout for Asynchronous (background) HTTP requests, in seconds.
8269 */
8270 $wgAsyncHTTPTimeout = 25;
8271
8272 /**
8273 * Proxy to use for CURL requests.
8274 */
8275 $wgHTTPProxy = false;
8276
8277 /**
8278 * Local virtual hosts.
8279 *
8280 * This lists domains that are configured as virtual hosts on the same machine.
8281 *
8282 * This affects the following:
8283 * - MWHttpRequest: If a request is to be made to a domain listed here, or any
8284 * subdomain thereof, then no proxy will be used.
8285 * Command-line scripts are not affected by this setting and will always use
8286 * the proxy if it is configured.
8287 *
8288 * @since 1.25
8289 */
8290 $wgLocalVirtualHosts = [];
8291
8292 /**
8293 * Timeout for connections done internally (in seconds)
8294 * Only works for curl
8295 */
8296 $wgHTTPConnectTimeout = 5e0;
8297
8298 /** @} */ # End HTTP client }
8299
8300 /************************************************************************//**
8301 * @name Job queue
8302 * @{
8303 */
8304
8305 /**
8306 * Number of jobs to perform per request. May be less than one in which case
8307 * jobs are performed probabalistically. If this is zero, jobs will not be done
8308 * during ordinary apache requests. In this case, maintenance/runJobs.php should
8309 * be run periodically.
8310 */
8311 $wgJobRunRate = 1;
8312
8313 /**
8314 * When $wgJobRunRate > 0, try to run jobs asynchronously, spawning a new process
8315 * to handle the job execution, instead of blocking the request until the job
8316 * execution finishes.
8317 *
8318 * @since 1.23
8319 */
8320 $wgRunJobsAsync = false;
8321
8322 /**
8323 * Number of rows to update per job
8324 */
8325 $wgUpdateRowsPerJob = 300;
8326
8327 /**
8328 * Number of rows to update per query
8329 */
8330 $wgUpdateRowsPerQuery = 100;
8331
8332 /** @} */ # End job queue }
8333
8334 /************************************************************************//**
8335 * @name Miscellaneous
8336 * @{
8337 */
8338
8339 /**
8340 * Name of the external diff engine to use. Supported values:
8341 * * string: path to an external diff executable
8342 * * false: wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module if installed, otherwise the default PHP implementation
8343 * * 'wikidiff', 'wikidiff2', and 'wikidiff3' are treated as false for backwards compatibility
8344 */
8345 $wgExternalDiffEngine = false;
8346
8347 /**
8348 * wikidiff2 supports detection of changes in moved paragraphs.
8349 * This setting controls the maximum number of paragraphs to compare before it bails out.
8350 * Supported values:
8351 * * 0: detection of moved paragraphs is disabled
8352 * * int > 0: maximum number of paragraphs to compare
8353 * Note: number of paragraph comparisons is in O(n^2).
8354 * This setting is only effective if the wikidiff2 PHP/HHVM module is used as diffengine.
8355 * See $wgExternalDiffEngine.
8356 *
8357 * @since 1.30
8358 */
8359 $wgWikiDiff2MovedParagraphDetectionCutoff = 0;
8360
8361 /**
8362 * Disable redirects to special pages and interwiki redirects, which use a 302
8363 * and have no "redirected from" link.
8364 *
8365 * @note This is only for articles with #REDIRECT in them. URL's containing a
8366 * local interwiki prefix (or a non-canonical special page name) are still hard
8367 * redirected regardless of this setting.
8368 */
8369 $wgDisableHardRedirects = false;
8370
8371 /**
8372 * LinkHolderArray batch size
8373 * For debugging
8374 */
8375 $wgLinkHolderBatchSize = 1000;
8376
8377 /**
8378 * By default MediaWiki does not register links pointing to same server in
8379 * externallinks dataset, use this value to override:
8380 */
8381 $wgRegisterInternalExternals = false;
8382
8383 /**
8384 * Maximum number of pages to move at once when moving subpages with a page.
8385 */
8386 $wgMaximumMovedPages = 100;
8387
8388 /**
8389 * Fix double redirects after a page move.
8390 * Tends to conflict with page move vandalism, use only on a private wiki.
8391 */
8392 $wgFixDoubleRedirects = false;
8393
8394 /**
8395 * Allow redirection to another page when a user logs in.
8396 * To enable, set to a string like 'Main Page'
8397 */
8398 $wgRedirectOnLogin = null;
8399
8400 /**
8401 * Configuration for processing pool control, for use in high-traffic wikis.
8402 * An implementation is provided in the PoolCounter extension.
8403 *
8404 * This configuration array maps pool types to an associative array. The only
8405 * defined key in the associative array is "class", which gives the class name.
8406 * The remaining elements are passed through to the class as constructor
8407 * parameters.
8408 *
8409 * @par Example using local redis instance:
8410 * @code
8411 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8412 * 'class' => 'PoolCounterRedis',
8413 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8414 * 'workers' => 1, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8415 * 'maxqueue' => 5, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8416 * 'servers' => [ '127.0.0.1' ],
8417 * 'redisConfig' => []
8418 * ] ];
8419 * @endcode
8420 *
8421 * @par Example using C daemon from https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:PoolCounter:
8422 * @code
8423 * $wgPoolCounterConf = [ 'ArticleView' => [
8424 * 'class' => 'PoolCounter_Client',
8425 * 'timeout' => 15, // wait timeout in seconds
8426 * 'workers' => 5, // maximum number of active threads in each pool
8427 * 'maxqueue' => 50, // maximum number of total threads in each pool
8428 * ... any extension-specific options...
8429 * ] ];
8430 * @endcode
8431 */
8432 $wgPoolCounterConf = null;
8433
8434 /**
8435 * To disable file delete/restore temporarily
8436 */
8437 $wgUploadMaintenance = false;
8438
8439 /**
8440 * Associative array mapping namespace IDs to the name of the content model pages in that namespace
8441 * should have by default (use the CONTENT_MODEL_XXX constants). If no special content type is
8442 * defined for a given namespace, pages in that namespace will use the CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT
8443 * (except for the special case of JS and CS pages).
8444 *
8445 * @since 1.21
8446 */
8447 $wgNamespaceContentModels = [];
8448
8449 /**
8450 * How to react if a plain text version of a non-text Content object is requested using
8451 * ContentHandler::getContentText():
8452 *
8453 * * 'ignore': return null
8454 * * 'fail': throw an MWException
8455 * * 'serialize': serialize to default format
8456 *
8457 * @since 1.21
8458 */
8459 $wgContentHandlerTextFallback = 'ignore';
8460
8461 /**
8462 * Set to false to disable use of the database fields introduced by the ContentHandler facility.
8463 * This way, the ContentHandler facility can be used without any additional information in the
8464 * database. A page's content model is then derived solely from the page's title. This however
8465 * means that changing a page's default model (e.g. using $wgNamespaceContentModels) will break
8466 * the page and/or make the content inaccessible. This also means that pages can not be moved to
8467 * a title that would default to a different content model.
8468 *
8469 * Overall, with $wgContentHandlerUseDB = false, no database updates are needed, but content
8470 * handling is less robust and less flexible.
8471 *
8472 * @since 1.21
8473 */
8474 $wgContentHandlerUseDB = true;
8475
8476 /**
8477 * Determines which types of text are parsed as wikitext. This does not imply that these kinds
8478 * of texts are also rendered as wikitext, it only means that links, magic words, etc will have
8479 * the effect on the database they would have on a wikitext page.
8480 *
8481 * @todo On the long run, it would be nice to put categories etc into a separate structure,
8482 * or at least parse only the contents of comments in the scripts.
8483 *
8484 * @since 1.21
8485 */
8486 $wgTextModelsToParse = [
8487 CONTENT_MODEL_WIKITEXT, // Just for completeness, wikitext will always be parsed.
8488 CONTENT_MODEL_JAVASCRIPT, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8489 CONTENT_MODEL_CSS, // Make categories etc work, people put them into comments.
8490 ];
8491
8492 /**
8493 * Register handlers for specific types of sites.
8494 *
8495 * @since 1.20
8496 */
8497 $wgSiteTypes = [
8498 'mediawiki' => 'MediaWikiSite',
8499 ];
8500
8501 /**
8502 * Whether the page_props table has a pp_sortkey column. Set to false in case
8503 * the respective database schema change was not applied.
8504 * @since 1.23
8505 */
8506 $wgPagePropsHaveSortkey = true;
8507
8508 /**
8509 * Port where you have HTTPS running
8510 * Supports HTTPS on non-standard ports
8511 * @see T67184
8512 * @since 1.24
8513 */
8514 $wgHttpsPort = 443;
8515
8516 /**
8517 * Secret for session storage.
8518 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8519 * be used.
8520 * @since 1.27
8521 */
8522 $wgSessionSecret = false;
8523
8524 /**
8525 * If for some reason you can't install the PHP OpenSSL or mcrypt extensions,
8526 * you can set this to true to make MediaWiki work again at the cost of storing
8527 * sensitive session data insecurely. But it would be much more secure to just
8528 * install the OpenSSL extension.
8529 * @since 1.27
8530 */
8531 $wgSessionInsecureSecrets = false;
8532
8533 /**
8534 * Secret for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8535 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8536 * This should be set in LocalSettings.php, otherwise wgSecretKey will
8537 * be used.
8538 * See also: $wgHKDFAlgorithm
8539 * @since 1.24
8540 */
8541 $wgHKDFSecret = false;
8542
8543 /**
8544 * Algorithm for hmac-based key derivation function (fast,
8545 * cryptographically secure random numbers).
8546 * See also: $wgHKDFSecret
8547 * @since 1.24
8548 */
8549 $wgHKDFAlgorithm = 'sha256';
8550
8551 /**
8552 * Enable page language feature
8553 * Allows setting page language in database
8554 * @var bool
8555 * @since 1.24
8556 */
8557 $wgPageLanguageUseDB = false;
8558
8559 /**
8560 * Global configuration variable for Virtual REST Services.
8561 *
8562 * Use the 'path' key to define automatically mounted services. The value for this
8563 * key is a map of path prefixes to service configuration. The latter is an array of:
8564 * - class : the fully qualified class name
8565 * - options : map of arguments to the class constructor
8566 * Such services will be available to handle queries under their path from the VRS
8567 * singleton, e.g. MediaWikiServices::getInstance()->getVirtualRESTServiceClient();
8568 *
8569 * Auto-mounting example for Parsoid:
8570 *
8571 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['paths']['/parsoid/'] = [
8572 * 'class' => 'ParsoidVirtualRESTService',
8573 * 'options' => [
8574 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8575 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8576 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org'
8577 * ]
8578 * ];
8579 *
8580 * Parameters for different services can also be declared inside the 'modules' value,
8581 * which is to be treated as an associative array. The parameters in 'global' will be
8582 * merged with service-specific ones. The result will then be passed to
8583 * VirtualRESTService::__construct() in the module.
8584 *
8585 * Example config for Parsoid:
8586 *
8587 * $wgVirtualRestConfig['modules']['parsoid'] = [
8588 * 'url' => 'http://localhost:8000',
8589 * 'prefix' => 'enwiki',
8590 * 'domain' => 'en.wikipedia.org',
8591 * ];
8592 *
8593 * @var array
8594 * @since 1.25
8595 */
8596 $wgVirtualRestConfig = [
8597 'paths' => [],
8598 'modules' => [],
8599 'global' => [
8600 # Timeout in seconds
8601 'timeout' => 360,
8602 # 'domain' is set to $wgCanonicalServer in Setup.php
8603 'forwardCookies' => false,
8604 'HTTPProxy' => null
8605 ]
8606 ];
8607
8608 /**
8609 * Controls whether zero-result search queries with suggestions should display results for
8610 * these suggestions.
8611 *
8612 * @var bool
8613 * @since 1.26
8614 */
8615 $wgSearchRunSuggestedQuery = true;
8616
8617 /**
8618 * Where popular password file is located.
8619 *
8620 * Default in core contains 10,000 most popular. This config
8621 * allows you to change which file, in case you want to generate
8622 * a password file with > 10000 entries in it.
8623 *
8624 * @see maintenance/createCommonPasswordCdb.php
8625 * @since 1.27
8626 * @var string path to file
8627 */
8628 $wgPopularPasswordFile = __DIR__ . '/../serialized/commonpasswords.cdb';
8629
8630 /*
8631 * Max time (in seconds) a user-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8632 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8633 *
8634 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8635 * @since 1.27
8636 */
8637 $wgMaxUserDBWriteDuration = false;
8638
8639 /*
8640 * Max time (in seconds) a job-generated transaction can spend in writes.
8641 * If exceeded, the transaction is rolled back with an error instead of being committed.
8642 *
8643 * @var int|bool Disabled if false
8644 * @since 1.30
8645 */
8646 $wgMaxJobDBWriteDuration = false;
8647
8648 /**
8649 * Mapping of event channels (or channel categories) to EventRelayer configuration.
8650 *
8651 * By setting up a PubSub system (like Kafka) and enabling a corresponding EventRelayer class
8652 * that uses it, MediaWiki can broadcast events to all subscribers. Certain features like WAN
8653 * cache purging and CDN cache purging will emit events to this system. Appropriate listers can
8654 * subscribe to the channel and take actions based on the events. For example, a local daemon
8655 * can run on each CDN cache node and perfom local purges based on the URL purge channel events.
8656 *
8657 * Some extensions may want to use "channel categories" so that different channels can also share
8658 * the same custom relayer instance (e.g. when it's likely to be overriden). They can use
8659 * EventRelayerGroup::getRelayer() based on the category but call notify() on various different
8660 * actual channels. One reason for this would be that some system have very different performance
8661 * vs durability needs, so one system (e.g. Kafka) may not be suitable for all uses.
8662 *
8663 * The 'default' key is for all channels (or channel categories) without an explicit entry here.
8664 *
8665 * @since 1.27
8666 */
8667 $wgEventRelayerConfig = [
8668 'default' => [
8669 'class' => 'EventRelayerNull',
8670 ]
8671 ];
8672
8673 /**
8674 * Share data about this installation with MediaWiki developers
8675 *
8676 * When set to true, MediaWiki will periodically ping https://www.mediawiki.org/ with basic
8677 * data about this MediaWiki instance. This data includes, for example, the type of system,
8678 * PHP version, and chosen database backend. The Wikimedia Foundation shares this data with
8679 * MediaWiki developers to help guide future development efforts.
8680 *
8681 * For details about what data is sent, see: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Manual:$wgPingback
8682 *
8683 * @var bool
8684 * @since 1.28
8685 */
8686 $wgPingback = false;
8687
8688 /**
8689 * List of urls which appear often to be triggering CSP reports
8690 * but do not appear to be caused by actual content, but by client
8691 * software inserting scripts (i.e. Ad-Ware).
8692 * List based on results from Wikimedia logs.
8693 *
8694 * @since 1.28
8695 */
8696 $wgCSPFalsePositiveUrls = [
8697 'https://3hub.co' => true,
8698 'https://morepro.info' => true,
8699 'https://p.ato.mx' => true,
8700 'https://s.ato.mx' => true,
8701 'https://adserver.adtech.de' => true,
8702 'https://ums.adtechus.com' => true,
8703 'https://cas.criteo.com' => true,
8704 'https://cat.nl.eu.criteo.com' => true,
8705 'https://atpixel.alephd.com' => true,
8706 'https://rtb.metrigo.com' => true,
8707 'https://d5p.de17a.com' => true,
8708 'https://ad.lkqd.net/vpaid/vpaid.js' => true,
8709 ];
8710
8711 /**
8712 * Shortest CIDR limits that can be checked in any individual range check
8713 * at Special:Contributions.
8714 *
8715 * @var array
8716 * @since 1.30
8717 */
8718 $wgRangeContributionsCIDRLimit = [
8719 'IPv4' => 16,
8720 'IPv6' => 32,
8721 ];
8722
8723 /**
8724 * The following variables define 3 user experience levels:
8725 *
8726 * - newcomer: has not yet reached the 'learner' level
8727 *
8728 * - learner: has at least $wgLearnerEdits and has been
8729 * a member for $wgLearnerMemberSince days
8730 * but has not yet reached the 'experienced' level.
8731 *
8732 * - experienced: has at least $wgExperiencedUserEdits edits and
8733 * has been a member for $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince days.
8734 */
8735 $wgLearnerEdits = 10;
8736 $wgLearnerMemberSince = 4; # days
8737 $wgExperiencedUserEdits = 500;
8738 $wgExperiencedUserMemberSince = 30; # days
8739
8740 /**
8741 * Mapping of interwiki index prefixes to descriptors that
8742 * can be used to change the display of interwiki search results.
8743 *
8744 * Descriptors are appended to CSS classes of interwiki results
8745 * which using InterwikiSearchResultWidget.
8746 *
8747 * Predefined descriptors include the following words:
8748 * definition, textbook, news, quotation, book, travel, course
8749 *
8750 * @par Example:
8751 * @code
8752 * $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [
8753 * 'iwprefix' => 'definition'
8754 *];
8755 * @endcode
8756 */
8757 $wgInterwikiPrefixDisplayTypes = [];
8758
8759 /**
8760 * Comment table schema migration stage.
8761 * @since 1.30
8762 * @var int One of the MIGRATION_* constants
8763 */
8764 $wgCommentTableSchemaMigrationStage = MIGRATION_OLD;
8765
8766 /**
8767 * For really cool vim folding this needs to be at the end:
8768 * vim: foldmarker=@{,@} foldmethod=marker
8769 * @}
8770 */